幼儿教师教育网,为您提供优质的幼儿相关资讯

孔明课件

发布时间:2024-08-23 孔明课件

最新孔明课件(通用十篇)。

宜未雨绸而缪,毋临竭而掘井。作为幼儿园老师的我们的课堂上能更好的发挥教学效果,最好的解决办法就是准备好教案来加强学习效率,。有了教案才能有计划、有步骤、有质量的完成教学任务。所以你在写幼儿园教案时要注意些什么呢?小编经过搜集和处理,为你提供最新孔明课件(通用十篇),或许你能从中找到需要的内容。

孔明课件 篇1

教学目标:

经过、结果以及理解古文中一些重点词的方法。

2、学习文章的写作方法,通过学习体会孔明的足智多谋,对孔明由衷地产生敬佩之情。

3、激发阅读我国古典名著的兴趣。

教学重难点:

学习文章的写作方法,体会孔明的足智多谋。

一、谈话揭题

1、同学们,你们读过《三国演义》,读过《三国演义》请举手。

2、你对《三国演义》了解多少。

3、今天我们再来学习《三国演义》里的一个故事。

题目——《孔明智退司马懿》

4、齐读课题。

5、读了这个课题,你知道课文主要是写什么的?

师:从课题就知道了课文的主要内容,这样的命题方法就是以事件来命题的。

二、初读课文,整体感知

1、请同学们快速浏览课文,想想孔明是在什么情况下智退司马懿,结果怎么样?

(起因兵力悬殊)

(结果兵皆退之)

2、这篇课文总共才两个小节,刚才我们还没有读到的地方看起来是事情的经过部分了。(板书:经过)

谁来读读这个部分。(指名3生)

重点指导:

(1)孔明传令,教“将/旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。”

师:这句话读起来有一定的难度,难读的部分在于老师画线的这部分,这句话断句断在哪里呢?谁会读?

①“/”②读

(2)孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于/城上/敌楼前,凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

①划线部分该怎么读呢?先理解一下意思。于:在到

②谁能说说划线部分的意思?

③理解了意思就知道断句断在哪儿了。

④谁来读一读。

⑤让我们一起来读一下,好吗?

三、再读文本、感受形象

1、同学们刚才已经较好的说出了课文的大意,这大意在课文的题目就已经做了精炼的概括。再读课题,你们觉得题目中哪个字最为关键?(圈“智”字)

2、孔明之智到底体现在哪些地方呢?再读文本,找找划划。(在“智”字下打个大问号)

3、交流学习,随机通过课件出示相关句子。

讨论形成板书。

5、朗读孔明布局的整段话。

四、整体感知、升华情感

1、孔明的空城布局实在巧妙而周密,课文中除了这体现孔明的“智”,还有哪也能反映这个智”字吗?请读读课文的结尾,再次找找划划。

2、交流,出示句子,谈谈感受,板书(料事如神知己知彼)

3、同学们如此精妙的空城计,诸葛孔明又是在怎样的情况下想出来的?读读开头几句话,我们会再次看到他的智慧。

双方军力对比,众官惊慌神色与孔明冷静对比(尽皆失色临危不乱)

五、总结:

这篇课文就是通过孔明的语言、动作的直接描写、间接描写突出孔明的智。孔明之所以能够智退司马懿,是因为他纪律严明,临危不惧,知己知彼,胆识过人。

六、作业:孔明足智多谋,胆识过人的故事在《三国演义》里还有很多,你知道还有哪些?那你们赶快去读读这些故事吧,去感受一下罗贯中笔下的艺术魅力吧。

板书设计:

孔明智退司马懿

↗↑↖

沉着冷静巧妙布置料事如神

↑↑↑

尽皆失色尽皆隐匿尽皆退去

孔明课件 篇2

一、开门见山,名著引入。

“三顾茅庐”、“草船借箭”等故事。)

2、这些故事都出自我国哪个名著呢?(《三国演义》)

师:今天我们学习的《用奇谋孔明借箭》就是节选自我国最早的长篇章回体历史小说《三国演义》。

3、板书课题。

二、咬文嚼字,初读课文。

1、借助注释,读懂课文。

师:在预习过程中同学们一定感觉到了,这篇课文和我们原来学习过的课文有很大的不同。这种文体叫做文言文,也就是我们平常说的古文。学习文言文可以了解我国五千年的历史,可以知道许多精彩的故事。文言文语言简练典雅,抑扬顿挫,读起来琅琅上口。希望同学们能在学习上有收获。

2、学生分小组学习。

学生对照注释自读课文,借助字典等工具书,理解课文的文言文词句。

3、集体交流。

三、再读课文,理清线索。

1、提问:课文讲了一件什么事情?(事情的起因是什么?经过是怎样的?结果如何?)

师:东汉末年,曹操刚刚打败刘备,又派兵进攻孙权。于是刘备和孙权联合起来抵抗曹操。刘备派诸葛亮到孙权那里帮助作战。孙权手下的都督周瑜,智勇双全,可是心胸狭窄,很妒忌诸葛亮的才干。因为水中交战需要箭,周瑜要诸葛亮在十天之内负责赶造十万支箭,想借此整治和陷害诸葛亮。故事因此展开。

经过和结果。

孔明课件 篇3

教材分析:

课文选自《三国演义》第四十六回“用奇谋孔明借箭 献密计黄盖受刑”的前半部分。全文共8个自然段,完整地讲述了诸葛亮草船借箭的故事。全文可分按事情的起因、经过、结果为三个部分。

教学目标:

1、认读9个字。

2、默读课文,看注释,了解课文内容。

3、写出孔明借箭成功的条件并与同学交流。

教学重点:

了解课文内容和孔明借箭成功的条件。

教学难点:

写出孔明借箭成功的条件。

学情分析:

本篇课文篇幅较长,学生有过自己阅读较长课文的经历。本篇课文的难点是找出孔明借箭成功的条件。由于孔明借箭成功的条件是多方面的,可以概括地表述也可以详细地解说。这就要求学生有很好的分析概括能力,这也是检验学生以往学习成果的好机会。

教学方法:

自学 讨论 讲解

教学理念:

本课书的教学紧紧围绕课后思考练习展开,放手让学生自读自悟。在此基础上让学生动笔把孔明借箭成功的条件写出来。在自主阅读的实践活动中培养学生的语文能力。

教学准备:

推荐课文读物

教学过程:

一、谈话导入:

同学们,你们听说过《三国演义》这部名著吗?今天我们就来看里面的一个故事,“用奇谋孔明借箭”。

二、扫除障碍,划分层次。

(一)学习认读字

1、自己读一读课后生字,记一记它的样子。

“酌”,组词(酌酒)。酌在这里是什么意思?(喝、饮)

“骤”“蝗”

读一读这个句子:“骤雨飞蝗来战舰” 大概说说它的意思。

(二)通读全文

要求:自己读课文,画出自己不认识的字。联系上下文知道课文的大概意思能够读下来就可以了,不必咬文嚼字,明白每个字的意思。

1、自己读一遍。

2、指名读一遍,边读边质疑解疑。

(三)划分层次

1、快速读一遍,看看课文主要讲的是什么内容。(诸葛亮草船借箭的故事)

2、按照事情发展顺序给课文分段。

第一部分(1、2)讲草船借箭的起因。

第二部分(3—7)讲诸葛亮草船借箭的经过。

第三部分(8)写出了故事的结果。

三、自主阅读,深入探究

1、默读课文,思考:你认为孔明借箭能够成功的条件是什么?写出来,再与同学交流。(提示:到事情的经过部分去找。一是要找借箭过程中所必需的条件,二是指不可缺少的条件,即没有这个条件借箭的计划就不能成功。)

(1)独立思考,完成习题。

(2)小组交流,互相启发。

2、集体交流

(1)指名说,同学补充。

孔明借箭成功的条件是:江上有大雾(气象自然条件);鲁肃提供的船队、束草、军士(物质条件);诸葛亮对草船受箭的精心安排;曹军只射箭据敌而不出战赞(军事策略条件)。这四条缺少任何一条借箭的计划都不可能成功。

3、自己写的不完善的进行修改。

四、总结全文

《三国演义》这部名著是中华传统文化中的瑰宝,从本课所讲述的故事中,我们不难看出诸葛亮知识的博大精深,思虑谋划的周全缜密。《三国演义》中还有很多精深绝妙的故事,有兴趣的同学课下可以去借阅。

孔明课件 篇4

(三)、出示专题,重点探究。

出示专题探究是本节阅读课的关键,我用课件显示本节课的重点探究专题:(孔明神机妙算体现在什么地方?)其实就确立本节课重点探究专题,因为这个问题有以下几个特点,第一,它涵盖了课文的最大内容;第二,它有一定的难度,学生需要花一番精力研究、探索;第三它具有一定的开放性,因为它的答案是多元的,能充分展示学生的学习个性。第四,它是逆向性,因为它必须根据文中已知内容去推断未知,训练学生逆向思维的能力。

此时我让同学们带着这个问题,教师引入:“请同学们自由读妙在何处。在这里,我建议同学们读完课文后小组互相交流、讨论,一人准备汇报,其余同学准备补充。

通过自主阅读,合作交流,同学们很快就找到了解决问题的有关材料,在学生汇报回答时,老师相机用课件出示重点段,引导学生抓住重点词句品读感悟,以了解孔明神机妙算主要体现在他能知天文、晓地理、识人心、有计谋等方面。

有的同学说我们组认为 “当夜大雾漫天,长江之中,面对面都看不清。“这句话能体现出孔明的神机妙算,这时,我给他投去了赞许的眼神,示意他接着说,“为什么你认为这就是孔明的神机妙算呢?”教师的一个眼神,一个动作,有时也会起到意想不到的效果,这位同学信心十足的说:“孔明选择这样的天气,说明孔明精通天文气象,而且预测准确,正因为大雾漫天,面对面都看不清,孔明的妙计才得以实施。”

接着,我又设计了这样一个问题:“是不是碰巧遇上大雾天气呢?所以,你得再往前面读一读,你得联系联系上文。谁找到了可以联系的句子?”(指名回答:第一日不见孔明动静,第二日仍只不动。到第三日四更时分,孔明秘密地请鲁肃到船中。)我让同学们试着读,比赛读,全班齐读这几句话,因为文章的内容是由语言表情达意的,其意境是读出来的,学生能在读中悟情,悟义,悟理,在反复的朗读,体会到了孔明的胸有成竹,从容不迫。在读中悟到诸葛亮早在三天之前就已算准了这场大雾。)

当同学们说到 “五更时分,船已近曹操的水寨。孔明下令船只头朝西尾朝东,一字摆开,又叫船上的军士们擂鼓,呐喊。

我又出示:“孔明又下令船只掉转身来,头朝东尾朝西,仍旧擂鼓呐喊,逼近水寨受箭。”

让学生讨论:孔明为什么要先头朝西尾朝东,再头朝东尾朝西?不这样可以吗?

在这里我先配以简图,体会孔明的考虑周密,算准借箭的地理位置,以及他的巧妙安排。然后我再让学生分组演示,同学们通过自主学习,合作探究,对孔明精心设计这条航线路上神机妙算表现在哪些方面已经有了充分的理解。

孔明课件 篇5

教学目标:

1 知识与技能:学会4个生字,认识8个生字。能在充分默读课文的基础上正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。

2 过程与方法:在朗读课文中,能粗浅地感受到这部名著的语言魅力。能在阅读课文的基础上,调动自己对于这部名著的积累,初步感受“孔明用奇谋借箭”的“奇”。

3 情感态度与价值观:在阅读中,了解孔明用奇谋借箭的经过,能感受到孔明通晓天文、熟读兵法、深谙兵机、足智多谋、神机妙算的特点。

教学重难点:

1、能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。

2、在朗读的过程中,感受到语言的凝练、准确。

3、在阅读过程中,了解孔明用奇谋借箭的经过,能感受到孔明通晓天文、熟读兵法、深谙兵机、足智多谋、神机妙算的特点,感受到题目中的“奇”。

教学时数:

三课时

教学准备:

原著《三国演义》、幻灯片

教学方法:

自读感悟,相机引导

教学过程:

第一课时

一、揭题导入新课

1、可以播放连续剧1.《三国演义》的精彩片段。

引导学生交流对四大名著之一《三国演义》的印象,可以从作者、主要人物、其中精彩的片段及其具体的情节来谈。

2.介绍并诵读与本文相关的章节和内容。

二、初读课文

1、读准字音。

2、注意句子通顺、连贯。

三、指读课文

注意发现学生难于读顺的语句,引导学生通过理解语句的意思将句子读顺,或者利用老师、学生的'范读引导读顺,其间对于难于理解的语句老师要进行适当的讲解

(一些难读的语句,要给学生充分练习的时间)

第二课时

一、复习导入

1、指名朗读课文。

2、引导思考本文的主要内容。

二、根据老师的提示理清课文层次。

引导学生按事情发展的先后顺序将课文划分为三段。

三、感知课文

1、猜一猜,孔明立下军令状之前可能会想到什么?

2、引导学生读原文,从课文的具体内容中找相关的根据,感受到孔明通晓天文、熟读兵法、深谙兵机、足智多谋、神机妙算的特点。

3、通过朗读促进感受。

第三课时

一、感受语言的魅力

指导学生再读课文,和同学交流哪些语句的写法有特点,值得借鉴和学习。

二、配题

1、引导读过原著的同学向同学汇报自己印象深刻的描写别具特色的语句,吸引更多的同学读原著。

2、在原著中,还有哪些章节或故事也能表现孔明的神机妙算,令你折服,读一读,讲给同学听,最好能应用上原文中的句段。

三、感知课文。

四、作业:拓展:我看《三国》等

五、板书设计:

孔明课件 篇6

学习目标:

1、能有节奏、有感情地朗读课文,理解课文大意。

2、能通过反复朗读、查找资料、联系上下文等方法读懂粗浅文言文的大意。

3、通过认真品读文本,感受孔明的“智”。

4、通过文本的阅读,感受《三国演义》的魅力,激发阅读经典的兴趣。

课前准备:布置学生充分阅读文本,读正确字音,并借助注释、资料等读懂课文大意。

教学重点:较有节奏,有感情的读文言文,并感受孔明的智慧。

教学难点:如何展现文本的魅力,激发学生阅读经典的兴趣。

教学时间:1课时

教学流程

一、故事导课、激发兴趣

1、师以粗浅的文言文句式讲述原章节的大意,预设悬念。

2、引课,读题。

3、简介《三国演义》,及原章节题目。

二、粗通文本、了解大意

1、学生放声再读文本。

2、指名学生朗读(适时纠正评价)。

3、说说课文大意。

4、议议读懂文言文的方法。(看注释多读查资料联系上下文)

三、紧扣题眼、品读文本

1、同学们刚才已经较好的说出了课文的大意,这大意在课文的题目就已经做了精炼的概括。再读课题,你们觉得题目中哪个字最为关键?(圈“智”字)

2、孔明之智到底体现在哪些地方呢?再读文本,找找划划。(在“智”字下打个大问号)

3、交流学习,随机通过课件出示相关句子。

4、找到句子,朗读、讨论形成板书。(布局周密尽皆隐匿镇定自若)

5、朗读孔明布局的整段话。

四、聚焦首尾、再探题眼

1、孔明的空城布局实在巧妙而周密,课文中除了这体现孔明的“智”,还有哪也能反映这个智”字吗?请读读课文的结尾,再次找找划划。

2、交流,出示句子,谈谈感受,板书(料事如神知己知彼)

3、同学们如此精妙的空城计,诸葛孔明又是在怎样的情况下想出来的?读读开头几句话,我们会再次看到他的智慧。

4、交流学习,分析形势、双方军力对比,众官惊慌神色与孔明冷静对比(尽皆失色临危不乱)

五、拓展延伸,展现魅力

1、结合板书小结课文

面对众官尽皆失色,他临危不乱

面对敌人大兵压境,他周密布局

敌兵果然尽皆退去,他料事如神

洞察司马小心谨慎,他知己知彼

2、到此,孔明的智,我们不再有疑惑,更给了我们读者无尽的感叹——世有孔明,不再有智者。我们就把这问号改成叹号吧。

3、《三国演义》中还有许多故事写了孔明的超群智慧,我们还知道一些吗?(七擒孟获火烧赤壁草船借箭等)

4、是啊,同学们,孔明的智是《三国演义》的一绝,再加上关羽的“义”,曹操的“奸”,后人称为三国演义的“三绝”。我们阅读时不妨关注此三绝。

六、推荐名著、引领阅读

课件出示:

1、亲近经典,感受经典——罗贯中之《三国演义》。

2、研读三国,深层领会——易中天之《易中天品三国》

板书设计

孔明智退司马懿

孔明之智

临危不乱布局周密料事如神知己知彼关羽之义三绝

曹操之奸

尽皆隐匿尽皆退去

孔明课件 篇7

教学目标:

1、通过自读、交流,学习课文生字词,读通、理解课文;

2、概括人物特点,合作交流,把握人物形象,学习彼此对应、对比映衬的写法;

3、试写空城计用意,转化语言,推荐名著,激发阅读兴趣。

一、谈话导入

同学们,前一段时间我们学习了《草船借箭》这篇文章,见识了诸葛亮的神机妙算。诸葛亮在历是一个颇具传奇色彩的人物,历来被看做是智慧的化身。今天,我们再来学习一个和他有关的故事。  板书课题:孔明智退司马懿  齐读

二、检查课前预习

1、检查阅读

同学们在课下都自学了这个故事,我们首先进行朗读展示,为了一会儿展示得更精彩,再来认真地练读一遍课文吧!  学生自由读。  谁想给大家展示一下?(指一排学生读)

师适时解决学生在朗读中出现的问题,并根据学生的朗读作出恰当的评价。

2、检查大意过渡:同学们知道吗?学习文言文的难点就是理解文章的大意。我们已经学了三篇文言文了,掌握了一些学习方法。大家在自学时都采用了哪些方法理解了课文大意的呢?

生可能会从以下几方面回答: 看课释、多读几遍、查资料、联系上下文等

师:现在就请同学们在小组内交流自学的收获,采用一人主说,其他三个同学用心倾听,随时补充。 小组交流(质疑、解疑)

三、理解重点句子

过渡:大家到底理解得怎么样,是否字字句句理解的都很到位呀,老师挑几个难理解的句子考考大家,怎么样? 1、孔明分拨已定,先引五千兵退去西城县搬运粮草。

2、孔明传令,教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸君各守城铺,如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。”

(你想象一下,十五万大军兵临城下,众官都惊慌失措,诸葛亮会怎么表现,这几句话该怎么读?自由读,指名读2、齐读)

3、再来看第三句:3、懿曰:亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。今大开城门,必有埋伏。我兵若进,中其计也。汝辈岂知?宜速退。 谁来讲? 这里边的“汝辈岂知?”是一个什么句?反问句该怎么读,谁来读读试试?读全句。一起来读读。

师小结:这么难的句子大家能理解的那么到位,还能读得这么好,看来呀,同学们都在用心品读这个故事了。大家有没有发现,整篇文章都是围绕哪个字来写的?(学生不难说出全文是围绕“智”字来写的。)

四、品析人物

师:现在就请同学们再次快速默读课文,看看诸葛亮的“智”都体现在哪里?(不动笔墨不读书,在书中留下你思考的痕迹,批批划划)

生可能会从以下几点评赏

1、众官“尽皆失色”和孔明的登城望之。(临危不乱)

2、“教旌旗尽皆隐匿……吾自有计”(布局周密)

3、于城上敌楼前,凭栏而坐,焚香操琴且笑容可掬。(镇定自若)

4、“此人料吾生平谨慎,必不弄险;见如此模样,疑有伏兵,所以退去。”(神机妙算)

师小结:是啊,诸葛亮的“智”就是体现在了临危不乱、知己知彼、布局周密上,靠自己的智慧化险为夷。这就是历有名的空城计。

空城计是《三国演义》里一个特别精彩的故事,历来为人们津津乐道,多次被艺术家们搬上了荧幕,大家,想不想看一看这个电视片段啊?

这个片段中给你印象最深的是什么?(学生再次走进诸葛亮,体会他的大智大勇。)

好书不厌百回读,文言文更应该如此,现在,在这铮铮的古琴声中,就让我们再次走进课文,领略诸葛亮的神机妙算。

(点古琴曲)在古乐声中美美地读一读全文。

五、拓展延伸

其实,在《三国演义》中还有很多表现诸葛亮神机妙算的故事。你知道吗?

谁能给大家讲一个?(三气周瑜、木牛流马、火烧赤壁、锦囊妙计等等)指生讲故事

除了诸葛亮以外,《三国演义》中还塑造了一批栩栩如生的英雄人物,你都知道哪些呀?

指生结合课下积累谈一谈

师小结:我建议同学们课下再读《三国》,去领略更多人物的英雄本色。我希望大家尽量读原着,真正地去亲近经典,感受经典的魅力

小学五年级语文《孔明智退司马懿》教案范文四

一、简介人物,激趣导入

师:三国演义当中有许多脍炙人口的歇后语,同学们我们今天来学习三国演义里面非常经典的一段。

生齐读课题

师介绍司马懿

【课件出示】司马懿,字仲达,足智多谋,三国时期魏国杰出政治家、军事家,魏国大都督。多次率军对抗诸葛亮。

师:这个人(诸葛亮)不用我介绍了吧?你用一两句话介绍一下他。

生1:我觉得诸葛亮知天时知地理知人和,这就是诸葛亮.

师:你对诸葛亮太了解了,把他全部优点都肯定了,你真棒!

生2:我觉得诸葛亮是个足智多谋的策略家,是个高瞻远瞩的政治家,是个脚踏七星,呼风唤雨的道家。(下面老师赞叹不已)

师:你太厉害了,一口气能说出那么多的词语,叫我在那么短的时间内我是说不出来的。

生3:诸葛亮,字孔明,是蜀国的军师,在三顾茅庐之后,多次率军打败,为吴与周瑜合力指挥的军形成三足鼎立的形式。

师:够详细的了,这里老师要交给大家一个小常识,古代的时候,一般人有名有字,这里孔明是他的字,复姓诸葛,名亮。还有一个小常识,一般来讲,如果两人初次见面,称对方字的表示对对方的尊重。

二、初读课文,借助题眼,创设统领性问题

1、自读自学课文

师:刚才同学们介绍的诸葛亮已经非常详细,一个足智多谋,一个神机妙算,那么都两个厉害的角色在一起的时候,肯定有非常有意思的事情发生,打开课本,第182面,快速读课文,

要求:读通句子,难度的字词句多读几遍,碰到难理解的词语可以借助课后注释或联系上下文猜猜他的意思,最后想想课文讲了一件什么事?

生自由读课文

2、自读检查

师:好,精神状态非常好,检查一下,这几个句子当中,你选择几句把他读好

【课件出示:你能把这几个句子读通顺吗?

1、孔明传令,教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入及高言大语者,斩之。大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。

2、孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于城上敌楼前凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

3、次子司马昭曰:“莫非诸葛亮无军,故作此态?父亲何何故便退兵?”懿曰:“亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。今大开城门,必有埋伏。我兵若进,中其计也!汝辈岂知?宜速退。”于是两路兵尽皆退去。】

生选读第二句

师:读的非常通顺,在这句话中有两个非常偏僻的字,他都读得非常准确,披(鹤氅)戴(纶巾),很好,谁再来读

指名读1人次

师:读得很流利,在这句话中有几个字的意思与现在的不一样【不同颜色出示:引、于、敌楼、凭】,你能猜猜是什么意思吗?

生说意思,师指正:敌楼是指,抵抗敌人的城楼。

师:这个时候诸葛亮就坐在最显眼的地方,把自己暴露在敌人的眼皮底下。

生选读第一、三句,师评价

师:课文已经读得很通顺,看样子大家预习的非常充分,接下来考大家第二个问题,课文讲了一件什么事?

生1:诸葛亮先派二千五百军士去搬运粮草,这时候突然有一个军士来告诉诸葛亮,司马懿带十五万军望西城蜂拥而来,诸葛亮身旁只有一帮文官,他就用了空城计,司马懿的兵尽皆退去。

师,这位同学概括的非常详细,有一点是值得肯定的,他在概括的时候能抓住事情的起因、经过、结果来概括,这个方法很好,但是有一个小毛病,就是太长,谁能把他说的精简点。

生2:当司马懿的十五万大军望西城来的时候,诸葛亮摆出了空城计,让司马懿起了疑心,于是司马懿的十五万大军都退走了,西城县得到了救助

师:谁使西城县得到了救助?

生2:诸葛亮使西城县得到了救助。

师:说的非常好,这位同学就在刚才那位同学的基础上把话说得更精炼了,其实说了起因、经过、结果能概括这篇课文外,我觉得还有一个办法,比你们的还要好,我们来看课题,其实这个课题已经把课文内容告诉我们了,把这个课题稍微补充一下就已经是答案了,试试看

师:谁?

生:孔明

师:用什么?

生:空城计。

师:退去了

生:司马懿

师:多少大军

生:十五万。

师小结:其实有时候概括课文主要内容的方法很多,大家可以选择最好的办法。

3、借助题眼,创设大问题

师:刚才,同学们讲到,孔明用空城计退去了司马懿十五万大军,空城计本身就点出了课题中的哪个字?

生:智

三、聚焦“空城计”,探究孔明的“布局精妙”

1、 默读课文,找句子理解

师:孔明是个智者,大家是深信不疑,今天我们就来读一读,找一找,划一划,孔明的智体现在哪里?同学们,默读课文,要求:找出最能体现孔明之智的,【教师圈出“智”字,并在上面打上一个大大的问号?】也就是说“空城计”的内容,用“波浪线”划出来,并在旁边做上读书笔记。

生默读,师巡视

师:关于空城计,课文是怎么来描述的?

生:用课文中的这一段:教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入及高言大语者,斩之。大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。

师:在他的这段话中,你有没有听明白孔明要求他的手下做到哪几点?【根据生回答,出示内容,标明序号】

生:孔明要求他的手下扮作百姓,在城门前打扫街道,并在魏兵到来是不得随意走动,也不准大声说话,并且在魏兵来之前也不能乱走。

师:还有谁补充

生:还要把旗子隐藏起来

师:用课文中的话就是

生:将旌旗尽皆隐匿

师:“将旌旗尽皆隐匿”,这是第一点,第二点

生:诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入及高言大语者,斩之。

师:不得(高言大语),者的意思是(什么什么的人),第三点

生:大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。

师:第四点就是(如魏兵到时,不可擅动),这是不是就是“空城计”的全部内容?

生:不是

师:这只是空城计要求(士兵)的,空城计还要求(他自己),你把他找出来【生回答后出示】

生:孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于城上敌楼前凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

师:还有补充吗?

生:正见孔明坐于城楼之上,笑容可掬,焚香操琴,左有一童手捧宝剑,右有一童手执塵尾

师:同学们看看,这两句话,内容好像有些相似,既然有些相似,我们把两句话配合成一句话,怎么样?

生:能

师:这么有信心,这可是白话文,很难并的,有没有信心把他并好(能),我们来合作试试,说到合作,我要跟大家提个醒,我觉得,如果要并的话,可以把第二句中的某些内容并到第一句中,大家看一看,哪些内容可以并上去【课件:孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,——————一童在左,手捧宝剑——————于城上敌楼前凭栏而坐,——————焚香操琴。】

师生合作完成

师:真不错,能把白话文并起来,看看并好后的成果,说说看,孔明要求自己做到些什么?

生:沉静、冷静

师:用课文当中话来讲,要做到什么?

生:笑容可掬

生:焚香操琴

生:披鹤氅,戴纶巾,而且还要坐在敌楼上,焚香操琴

2、布局的用意

师:这些就是空城计的全部内容,说实话,当我第一次看到这些内容的时候,我是搞不懂,孔明为什么要这样做,看了这些之后我终于明白了,你们明白了吗?(明白)那我考考你们【课件:孔明——空城计内容——是为了什么?】孔明这样做是为了什么?

生:孔明坐于城楼之上,笑容可掬,焚香操琴是为了让司马懿起疑心

师:为什么孔明这样做,司马懿就会起疑心?

生:因为孔明平生十分机智,不会冒这样的险,所以他认为里面有计。

师:孔明在弹琴,又穿着鹤氅,这一般是什么情况下的?(比较悠闲的)

生:孔明令大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道是为了使司马懿有疑心的这一优点变成缺点,让他退兵。

师:你看老白姓都在干什么?现在那么多敌人在面前。老百姓还能够(打扫街道),为什么呀?(因为里面有计),要的就是这种效果,孔明也是这么想的。

生:孔明令将旌旗尽皆隐匿是为了让司马懿上他的当。

师:你们刚才所讲的要用一句话来概括,你可以怎么样概括呢?【课件:孔明这样做是为了————。】

生:孔明这样做是为了击退司马懿,让他退兵。

师:击退可以换个词,迷(惑)

生:孔明这样做是为了让司马懿中他的计

生:孔明这样做是为了保住西城县的安危

师:保住西城县的安危,最主要的是保住自己以及城中那些兵的(安危)

生:孔明这样做是为了能隐退司马懿并且保住西城县,能化险为夷

师:化险为夷用的太好了,孔明不仅“将旌旗尽皆隐匿”,更重要的是他将城中的一切一切,和心中的一切一切也尽皆退去,这空城计用的真是(妙)

指导朗读【将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入及高言大语者,斩之。大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计】

指名读

生读得很有信心、气势,师点评:读得胸有成竹

生读得疙疙瘩瘩,没信心,师点评:丞相说话语速很慢,神色慌张,看来,丞相心中没有退兵办法,此番我等命休矣

师范读

生读自信,胸有成竹,坚定,师点评:丞相说话,胸有大谋,气定神轩,他定有退兵办法,我等尽可放心。

齐读

师:同学们,孔明的空城计布置的怎么样?

生:惟妙惟肖

生:天衣无缝

生:万无一失

生:妙不可言

师:是啊,布置得真是巧妙极了【板书:巧妙】。

四、聚焦“起因、结果”,再探孔明之智

师:同学们,空城之计大智大勇,这是对诸葛亮智慧最直接的描述,那么除此之外,课文当中还有哪些间接描写,也体现了孔明之智,默读课文,用“横线”找出来

生默读

生:第一自然段:孔明身边别无大将,只有一班儿文官,所引五千军,已分一半先运粮草去讫,只有二千五百军在城中。众官听得这般声息,尽皆失色。孔明在这么危急的时刻还镇定自若,与尽皆失色的文官相比,真的不愧后人给他的美誉。

师:这位女同学,分析问题多么到位,真棒。当时孔明的情况是非常危急,课文当时怎样来描写情况危急的?

生:忽然十余次飞报马到,说司马懿引大军十五万,望西城风拥而来。

师:有个数字,多少(150000,板书)这是敌军的力量,还有一个我方的力量,(2500,板书),除一下,多少?(1比60)是以一抵六十,看到这个敌我力量对比的算式,你想用哪些词语或句子来形容一下?

生:兵力悬殊

生:必死无疑

生:背水一战

师:以卵(击石),兵力悬殊是在是(太大了),怪不得,那班官员看到这般情景后就怎么样?(尽皆失色)

怪不得,探听敌方军情的探子是怎么样来报?谁来报一报这万分紧急的情景?

指导朗读:司马懿引大军十五万,望西城风拥而来

师范读在前加 :报,读出紧急 指名读——范读——指名读——齐读

师:面对敌我力量如此悬殊,众官员尽皆失色,探子是十余次飞马来报,孔明是怎么样的?

生:面不改色

生:临危不乱

…… 【选择其一板书】

师:这又是孔明的智慧的体现,除了这里,还有哪里也能体现孔明的智慧?

生:懿曰:“亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。今大开城门,必有埋伏。我兵若进,中其计也!

师:谈谈体会

生:有人说过:知己知彼,百战百胜,孔明就是这个样子的,从司马懿说的这句话中,就可以看出,司马懿已经中了孔明的空城计了,说明孔明的这个计是成功的,这也能看出他十分聪明。

师:你分析的很到位,还有补充吗?

生:却说司马懿前军到城下,见了如此模样,皆不敢进,急报与司马懿。遇到此情景,孔明临危不乱,他保持着沉着冷静的心态,反倒让敌军你感到恐慌

师:也让敌军的探子感到恐慌,这里我们可以把矛头或者说把焦点,聚集到司马懿身上

生:司马懿的疑心的有点变成缺点

师:司马懿自以为自己了解孔明,按理说这是一个优点,但是没想到,反被孔明利用,自己中了孔明的圈套,那么换句话讲,是谁谅解谁更多一点?(孔明了解司马懿),孔明料到司马懿多疑,最重要的是他料到了司马懿会怎么做?课文中的四个字概括一下。

生齐答:尽皆退去

师:司马懿的多疑,孔明料到了,空城计的结果,孔明也料到了,你觉得孔明在这里又体现出了哪些智

生:料事如神【板书】

师:其实我觉得可以改一个字,可以把事改一改,你觉得改什么?

生:改计。料计如神

生:懿,司马懿的懿,料懿如神

师:说得好!

五、拓展延伸

师:孔明这一切都料到了,当大军将近的时候,当众官失色的时候,孔明临危不乱,他布置空城计的时候,布置巧妙,最后的结果,又是他所料到的,这个时候我觉得,我们应该把黑板上的这个问号给擦掉,这个空城计真的是用的太绝太妙了,太神了。这个时候有一个人最痛苦了,是谁?(司马懿),想一想,当司马懿听到事情的真相后,司马懿脸上会有怎样的表情,又会说些什么?

生:脸上的表情可能是大惊失色

师:最好能用一句话来说

生:司马懿当时可能不仅是大惊失色,还可能羞愧难当,可能会说:亮更胜我一筹,我实不如他也

师:下一个同学说,可以说:司马懿————

生:司马懿哑口无言,说:诸葛亮真乃天下奇才也。

生:司马懿可能会气的七窍生烟,然后说:诸葛亮却是比我聪明,我确实不如他。

师:甚至气得七窍生烟,说不出话来,如果不会,可以这样说

-------

师:想不想知道罗贯中是怎么样写的,其实和刚才以为同学说的很像,【课件出示:懿悔之不及,仰天长叹曰:“吾不如孔明也!”】

师范读——生齐读

师:足智多谋的司马懿,可是碰上了料事如神的空城计。用今天所学的内容,不上这两句歇后语

孔明用空城计——( )

司马懿见空城计——( )

师:关于孔明的智慧的故事,在三国演义中还有很多,这里我找了几个章节,第三十九回,第四十三回,第八十四回,第九十回,都写到了孔明的智慧,课后,用今天所学的方式去读读这些章节,我相信,你们认真的读完之后,在坐的很多同学都能成为真正的“诸葛粉丝”!

《孔明智退司马懿小写语文教案范文

孔明课件 篇8

教学目标:

交流,学习课文生字词,读通、理解课文;

对比映衬的写法;

3.试写空城计用意,转化语言,推荐名著,激发阅读兴趣。

预设流程:

一、课前谈话:看插图,说人物,谈印象

课前我们来热热身,这学期我们已经学了许多课文,结识了不少作家笔下写的人,比如这一位你还认识吗?出示课文人物插图。他有哪些特点呢?你想到了哪些词语?(一口气说了这么多)

再出示2幅,说性格特点。

这些人物有着鲜明而丰富的性格特点,在我们心中留下了深刻的印象!

二、导入

今天这堂课我们要再来走进两位人物,第一位大家想必都认识,是孔明(板书),孔明就是诸葛亮?诸葛亮字孔明。另一位姓司马,名懿,叫司马懿。

三、初读10

(一)疏通难读、难理解的地方

1.两个有趣的名字,他们之间会发生怎样有趣的故事呢?又有着怎样有趣的性格特点呢?就让我们走进课文,补充课题《孔明智退司马懿》。请大家把书翻到182页,大声地读一读课文,读完之后请举手。

这篇课文是选自古典名著《三国演义》,是一篇

难懂的句子分别用圆圈和线条标出来,等下我们一起来学习。好,开始吧!

3.视频出示,集体交流时,在认识不认识的字时把句子读通顺,重点预设:

注音,标停顿线,指名学生读,齐读。

(二)疏通课文大意

一起学习的力量就是大!读了课文大家心里应该越来越清楚了,孔明之所以能智退拥有十五万大军的司马懿,是因为孔明用了我们常说的“空城计”。

(三)感受人物形象10

1.那么,你觉得孔明和司马懿分别是怎样的一个人?不急,请你再默读课文,然后想一想,用几个词语来概括一下,你可以选择其中的一位人物来概括,能写几个就写几个,写在作业单对应的方框里。

:删去重复和类似的词语;对于较有个性的概括,请学生具体说明缘由,抓读课文描写语句,并结合理解说明。)

预设:

孔明——智慧、临危不乱、心思缜密、料事如神、自信、知己知彼、军纪严明、有威严……

司马懿:多疑、谨慎、固执……

小结:这两位人物同样有着鲜明而丰富的性格特点。

四、聚焦空城计,理解用意,学习写法,读好语句20

(一)梳理空城计,联系下文,补写其意

2.交流:第一步,第二步,请学生读,教师标注,让我们连起来读一读。

3.体会用意:孔明一步一步的摆空城计,课文写得条理很清楚。

吾自有计,他这么摆的计谋是什么?用意何在呢?

,吾自有计,其中的计谋,其实课文当中已经告诉我们答案,出示:懿曰:“亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。今大开城门,必有埋伏。我兵若进,中其计也。汝辈岂知?宜速退。”

交流理解:请你能用自己的话来说说司马懿是怎么说的吗?说2个学生。

5.孔明的吾自有计,和后面司马懿的回答是彼此一一对应起来的。那么,请你根据刚才我们的交流和司马懿的回答,把孔明摆空城计的用意,补写在作业单第二题的横线上。

孔明传令,教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计:。”孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于城上敌楼前,凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

交流点评(你已经懂得了孔明之计,你已经写得有点古文的味道了)。

(二)相互比照,体会写法,朗读体会

课文第二自然段还有一段描写空城计的语句,你发现了吗?学生发现,出示:果见孔明坐于城楼之上,笑容可掬,焚香操琴。左有一童子,手捧宝剑;右有一童子,手执麈尾。城门内外,有二十余百姓,低头洒扫,旁若无人。

,我们一起来找找分别对应的语句。进行对读。

大概3位学生来读。

3.同样写空城计,你发现这一段写法上有什么特点呢?同桌之间可交流一下。这样写,读起来候感觉怎么样?更有节奏,试着读一读。大概2位学生来读。

3.指名读,读出“大疑”,读出节奏。

4.伴古琴乐齐读。

(三)两段结构对比,提炼对比映衬

。我们来看第二自然段,远望之前写了什么?(当时的形势)

2.再来看第一自然段,孔明施计前,写了

6.第二自然段要用如此多的笔墨来写司马懿仍然是为了写孔明,因为孔明智退司马懿,主人公是孔明。

五、名著推荐

孔明这次是智退司马懿,不知下回两人是否还有再次交手的时候?欲知后事,且看《三国演义》,出示名著图片。

板书:

孔明智退司马懿

急报对比急报一一对应

望之映衬望之

施计中计

孔明课件 篇9

教学目标:

1、品味语言文字,感悟孔明计策的奇妙和人物形象的独特魅力,感受经典名著的魅力。

2、有感情地朗读课文,激发学生阅读古典名著的兴趣。

教学重点对人物形象的分析,让学生感受到故事本身的魅力,从而激发他们阅读名著的兴趣。

教学难点分析计策成功施展的原因,理解展示人物之间较量的作用。

教学过程

一、复习导入,回顾课文主要内容

1、齐读课题。

2、首先我们来回顾一下,课文的主要内容是什么?

过渡:孔明摆下空城计(板书:空城计)智退司马懿大军,那孔明到底“智”在何处呢?(板书:智)让我们再次走近课文。

二、品读课文,正面感悟孔明的“智”

自由读课文,把你认为最能体现诸葛亮“智”的句子用波浪线划出,然后仔细地读一读,想一想,为什么你觉得这个地方体现了诸葛亮的机智。

随机教学

预设(一)

孔明传令,教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城趁铺,如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道,如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。”

1、出示句子,你认为孔明的“智”表现在哪里?空城计哪些地方堪称奇绝?

指名说理由

2、孔明是在怎样的情况下传令的呢?课文是怎么描写的?(出示忽然……杀来。)

(1)自由读,哪里让你觉得最“险”?圈出词语,好好体会。

(2)学生反馈

十余次飞马,蜂拥而来,尘土冲天——时间紧迫、气势汹汹

(谁来报告一下这个险情?)指名读,女生读——男生读,全班读

大军十五万、只剩二千五百军、别无大将——2数相差悬殊

十五万对二千五,什么概念,相当于六十个人来打一个人啊!

(3)尽皆失色(什么意思?)

十五万敌军气势汹汹地杀来,如果你是二千五百个士兵的其中一个,你会想——

如果你是城中的平民百姓,你会想——

(4)全城百姓命悬一线,如果敌人冲进城来,后果不甚设想。谁来读读险情?(指名读,读出险)

(5)十万火急,众人惊慌失措,而孔明却能在得到情报后自己登城望之,为自己决策掌握第一手资料,而后果断下令(出示传令内容),此时,你的眼前仿佛出现了一个怎样的孔明?

(6)的孔明怎样传令的,请你读一读。

过渡:还从哪儿体会到他的智?

预设(二)

孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于城上敌楼前,凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

1、自己读一读这句话,哪里让你感受到孔明的过人之处?

2、朗读。那就请你读出的孔明。

预设(三)

果见孔明坐于城楼之上,笑容可掬,焚香操琴。

1、从哪儿体会到孔明的“智”?

2、研读“笑容可掬”

(1)让我们想像当时的景情,孔明一言不发,他把所有想说的话都定格在他的神态中。这个神态描写寥寥数字,刻画人物形象却栩栩如生。透过这笑容可掬,司马懿看到了怎么样的诸葛亮?

(2)孔明的“笑容可掬”,除了给司马懿看,还想给谁看?有什么作用?

(3)而此时城下是十五万大军,孔明笑得还那么自然,可见孔明?

(4)朗读。请你地来来读一读。

小结:正所谓危难之时方显出名相风范,大敌当前,孔明能做到临危不乱,布局周密,不愧为名将啊!

三、品读课文,侧面感悟孔明的“智”

孔明的空城计当然收到了很好的效果,让久经沙场的魏国名将司马懿皮颇费脑筋。请大家在文中找出表明司马懿态度变化的词语。

1、不信

为什么不信?指名说

2、大疑

孔明在危难存亡之际,用空城计挫败了司马懿,如果是一般的统帅,他们会怎么做?

(2)请同学们先来看一段影片。Yjs21.Com

结合课文和影片讨论,司马懿为什么大疑?(板书:疑)

(3)谁来读读他的决定?出示:

懿曰:“亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。今大开城门,必有埋伏。我兵若进,中其计也。汝辈岂知?宜速退。”

(4)从语言中我们知道司马懿为什么退兵?

(5)指导朗读

3、统帅魏国重兵的司马懿算得上是一个老谋深算的人了,那他为什么还会中了孔明的计呢?空城计成功的关键原因在于?

(板书:知己知彼)

四、拓展延伸,激发学生阅读兴趣

1、事后,司马懿知道自己原来是中了孔明的计,会怎么说呢?写下来

学生写话,反馈

2、指板书小结:孔明知己知彼,不用一兵一卒,利用司马懿的疑能退去他的十五万大军,全靠一个字——智。

3、其实,《三国演义》中表现诸葛亮神机妙算的故事比比皆是,同学们不妨再去读《三国演义》,去领略更多人物的英雄本色,感受中国古典小说的无限魅力。

板书设计:

孔明智退司马懿

空城计

智疑

知己知彼

孔明课件 篇10

学习目标:

1、能通过反复朗读、借助注释、联系上下文等方法粗浅读懂文言文的大意。

2、通过认真品读文本,感受孔明的“智”。

3、通过文本的阅读,感受《三国演义》的魅力,激发阅读经典的兴趣。

课前准备:阅读《马谡拒谏失街亭》,预习课文。

教学流程

(课前谈话):

课前请大家阅读了上回:马谡拒谏失街亭,我们来分享一下各自的阅读感受吧。请生随意说。

师引入课文。

一、故事导课、激发兴趣

1、刚才我们大家谈的故事是出自《三国演义》第九十五回上部分内容即马谡拒谏失街亭,正是失了街亭这一咽喉之路,所以孔明安排撤兵。

也就有了我们今天要学的课文。

2、板书课题:孔明智退司马懿。司马懿的“懿”笔画很多,大家不妨跟着数空一下。它是一个书面用语,现在只有在名字中用到或者是皇太后下的旨叫“懿旨”。(生齐读课题)

二、粗通文本、了解大意

1、这是六百多年前的古白话文,预习了吗?

请生读词:

旌旗、隐匿、笑容可掬

纶巾、鹤氅、麈尾(看图理解)

2、在读的过程中,你发现哪些句子比较难读,难懂?

一般来说故事都分为起因、经过和结果,你能不能每一个环节都用一两句话概括,然后串起来说说故事大概讲了什么?

现在能说说大概讲了什么内容吗

三、紧扣题眼、品读文本

(一)找出句子

1、同学们刚才已经较好的说出了课文的大意,这大意在课文的题目就已经做了精炼的概括。再读课题,你们觉得题目中哪个字最为关键?(圈“智”字)

2、孔明之智到底体现在哪些地方呢?请你再读文本,找出有关的句子。想想理由。

3、交流。

(二)聚焦“计”。

1、出示句子:

孔明传令,教“将旌旗尽皆隐匿;诸军各守城铺,如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。如魏兵到时,不可擅动,吾自有计。”孔明乃披鹤氅,戴纶巾,引二小童携琴一张,于城上敌楼前,凭栏而坐,焚香操琴。

2、请生读,断句。

3、你能借助下面的注释,读懂这段话吗?用自己的话说说

4、孔明说“吾自有计”,板书:计,那他究竟是怎样设计的呢?他第一步做的是什么?师生一起标出第一步:①将旌旗尽皆隐匿,板书:隐匿旌旗。接下来几步又是什么呢?请自己读一读,标一标,概括一下。

5、你明白诸葛亮每一步的意图吗?请再读读这段话,联系下文想一想,完成练习。

A、孔明将旌旗隐匿,叫诸军各守城铺,严明军纪是为了

B、孔明大开四门,叫军士扮百姓洒扫街道,自己在城楼焚香操琴是为了

6、集体交流:

将旌旗尽皆隐匿——①旌旗指什么?a、代表一个部队的方号,部队的人数有多少。b、为什么要尽皆隐匿?——为了迷惑敌人,让司马懿摸不清虚实。

诸军各守城铺——按兵不动,不让司马懿发现,也为了做好最后一搏的防范。

如有妄行出入,及高言大语者,斩之!——“妄行出入,高言大语者”,就是高声说话者,擅自出入的人。——为了不漏破绽,保证计划顺利进行。

大开四门,每一门用二十军士,扮作百姓,洒扫街道。——为了让司马懿起疑。

孔明正襟危坐、焚香操琴——也是为了引起司马懿的怀疑。

7、小结:同学们,你们看孔明布下的这一计,他是将(自己的兵力)隐匿,将(一座空城)展现在司马懿面前。孔明是想告诉司马懿:我只有一座空城。你信还是不信?

“好个我自有计”,孔明这是唱得什么计啊?(板书:空城)

8、孔明又是在怎样的情况下布下这一计的?

出示:

忽然十余次飞马报到,说:“司马懿引大军十五万,往西城蜂拥而来!”时孔明身边别无大将,只有一班文官,所引五千军,已分一半先运粮草去了,只剩二千五百军在城中。众官听得这个消息,尽皆失色。

你看到的情况是——(十万火急、千钧一发、命悬一线)

力量悬殊——十五万对二千五百,且是文官。

众官尽皆失色——笑容可掬

你看到了一个怎样的诸葛亮?(板书:临危不乱)

师:孔明设下空城计,如此周密的布局课文仅用了短短百十来个字,可谓字字珠玑。这也是古典文学的'魅力所在,语言极其凝练。

再读孔明布局的整段话。

(三)聚焦“人”

1、孔明为何敢如此设计?

2、出示:

果见孔明坐于城楼之上,笑容可掬,焚香操琴。左有一童子,手捧宝剑;右有一童子,手执麈尾。城门内外有二十余百姓,低头洒扫,旁若无人。懿看毕大疑,便到中军,教后军作前军,前军作后军,望北山路而退。

懿看毕大疑,便到中军,教后军作前军,前军作后军,望北山路而退。

出示:“内忌而外宽,猜忌多权变。——《晋书·宣帝纪》”

意思是说:司马懿此人心里多猜忌,但对人却装的很宽容,用人颇多疑而但又能灵活应付随时变化的情况。

可见司马懿此人——生性多疑,处事谨慎。

懿看毕大疑,究竟在一些什么呢?

出示京剧唱词:我们不妨来欣赏一段京剧唱词。

现在,你能读出司马懿见到这番景象时的心情吗?

请一生读。

师生对读,生读:孔明部分,师读:司马懿部分。

司马懿举棋不定,最终决定退兵,说:出示“亮平生谨慎,不曾弄险。……”

在司马懿退兵之后,孔明这边的众官也是不明所以,丞相为何不用一兵一卒就将仲达退之呢?诸葛亮也有一言。

补充出示:

亮曰:“此人料吾平生谨慎,必不弄险,见此规模,疑有伏兵,故退去也。”

可见:诸葛亮敢用此计正是料定了——司马懿生性多疑必中计。

你们又看到了一个怎样的孔明?(板书:深谙人心)

四、补充结尾,拓展延伸:

1、想不想知道这个故事的结尾?出示故事结尾,生阅读。

2、师小结:这真是“瑶琴三尺胜雄师,诸葛西城退敌时。”诸葛亮是指挥如意笑谈中,难怪人们把他说成是智慧的化身。

如果你想更多地了解诸葛亮,了解那一个风云际会的三国时代,建议同学们课后再读《三国演义》,感受经典的魅力!

yJS21.com更多精选幼儿园教案阅读

最新孔子的课件系列


我们听了一场关于“孔子的课件”的演讲让我们思考了很多,经过阅读本页你的认识会更加全面。老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,所以老师写教案可不能随便对待。教案是评估学生学习效果的有效依据。

孔子的课件(篇1)

教学要求:

1.有感情朗读课文。

2.通过具体的语言文字,领会孔子循循善诱的教育方法和师生间浓浓的情谊。

3.引导学生体会“泗水河畔的春意更浓了”的涵义。

教学过程:

一、谈话导入:

春天已经来到我们身边了,你能用一个字来概括一下你对春天的印象吗?两个字呢?用个成语行吗?

导读过渡:春意盎然,孔子带着弟子们来到了泗水河边,那里的春天怎样呢?

二、精读课文:

(一)出示:阳光普照着大地,泗水河边桃红柳绿,草色青青,习习的春风像优美的琴声,在给翩翩到来的`春天伴奏。大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!广袤的大地是她宽广的胸怀,茂密的森林是她飘逸的长发,温暖的太阳是她明亮的眸子,和煦的轻风是她甜蜜的絮语……

1、指名读,相机指导,再指名读;

2、大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!为什么说大自然是位“伟大的母亲”?自由读考虑;

3、学生交流,教师相机引导(联系生活,重点在母亲上:温馨、舒适、甜蜜)

4、再进行有感情朗读。

5、学了这小节,你有什么话要说吗?

过渡:泗水河边的春意很浓了,但是课文最后一节说:泗水河畔的春意更浓了。从“春意更浓了”你又能读出什么呢?

(二)、学生自由读课文3-17小节,考虑:你又读出来怎样的“更浓的春意”?

1.学生自由读课文,把自身有感受的句子画下来,在旁边写上批注。

2.小组讨论交流。

3.全班交流,教师相机引导,朗读。

(1)教师的循循善诱;

(2)教育的效果(子路、颜回的语言);

(3)、人与自然的和谐统一;

(4)师生的朋友般的和谐,浓浓情谊。

4、重点学习:教师教诲

(1) 出示:孔子凝望看泗水的绿波,意味深长地说;“水奔腾不息,是抚育一切生灵的乳汁,它好像有德行。水没有一定的形状,或方或长,流必向下,和顺温柔.它好像有情义。水穿山岩,凿石壁,从无惧色,它好像有志向。万物入水,必能荡涤污垢,它好像善施教化……由此看来,水是真君子啊!"

(1)自由读句子,仿照写句子(让学生上黑板写);

(2)交流评点句子;

(3)句子应该怎么写?学生交流;

(4)指导朗读理解、体悟这段话,然后学生再写句子,再交流;

(5)指导朗读这一段话;

(6)练习背诵这一段话;

(7)读了孔子的话,你想说什么吗?(真君子的涵义,结合资料学生自由表达。)

三、总结:学到这里,你还想怎么样?

四、作业:

1、有感情的朗读背诵课文。

2、语文综合实践:收集有关孔子的故事,言论,做手抄报。

3、语文综合实践:孔子和苏格拉底的异同点。

板书:

春意浓

孔子游春 真君子

春意更浓

孔子的课件(篇2)

一、教学目标:

1、知识与技能:

(1)认识“兼、仆”等7个生字。会写“闻、尘”等12个生字。能正确读写“远近闻名、相距、学问”等14个词语。

(2)正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。了解孔子拜师求学的经过,感受孔子、老子的品行。

2、过程与方法:

在自读中了解课文内容。

3、情感态度与价值观:

懂得为学要勤奋、谦虚,永不满足,为人要真诚、无私、尊敬师长。

二、教学重点:

学写12个生字,正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文,了解课文内容

三、教学难点:

学习大思想家勤学上进、学无止境的精神,感受中华传统文化的光辉灿烂。

四、课前准备:

①多媒体课件(孔子画像、孔子讲学、孔子论著以及人们纪念孔子的场景)。

②自制生字词卡片。

③学生自读课文,记下疑问。

五、教学课时:

两课时

六、教学过程:

第一课时

一、情境导入

①谈话:同学们,在两千多年前的春秋时代,我国有一位伟大的思想家和教育家,叫孔子(板书:孔子)让我们随着这段录像一起走近孔子。

②播放多媒体课件。看了这段录像,你想说些什么?(学生根据课件内容自由说说。)

③引入:为什么孔子能成为一位伟大的思想家和教育家?学了《孔子拜师》这篇课文,就能揭开这个秘密。

二、初读感知

①学生自由朗读课文。

②检查词语掌握情况。

指名朗读这些词语:日夜兼程 风尘仆仆 纳闷 风餐露宿 毫无保留 传授 佩服。(注意读准加点字的字音)。

③检查课文朗读情况。

④感知课文大意。说说课文讲了些什么。

二、研读感悟

①孔子和老子给我们留下了很深的印象,请你用“一”标出文中让你感动的句子,并在文中注一注你的感受。

②读一读你画的`语句,把自己的感受说给同座听。

③班级交流读书感受。

学生结合文中的重点语句并联系生活实际,谈自己的感受。

a、谈孔子。

他总觉得自己的知识还不够渊博,三十岁的时候,他离家乡曲阜,去洛阳拜大思想家老子为师。

曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,孔子风餐露宿,日夜兼程,几个月后,终于走到了洛阳。

孔子想:这位老人大概就是我要拜访的老师吧!于是上前行礼……

孔子连忙说:“学后孔丘,特地来拜见老师,请收下我这个学生。”

学习是没有止境的。

从此,孔子每天不离老师左右,随时请教。

b、谈老子。

你就是孔丘啊,听说你要来,我就在

这儿迎候。研究学问你不比我差,为什么还要拜我为师呢?

老子也把自己的学问毫无保留地传授给他。

c、学生综合谈对孔子、老子的印象。

四、课后作业

结合课文或课外搜集的资料谈谈自己对孔子或老子的印象。下节课,班内召开“我心中的孔子”,“我心中的老子”读书汇报会。

孔子的课件(篇3)

教学目标

1、有感情地朗读课文。

2、了解孔子拜师的经过,激发对大思想家孔子和老子的崇敬之情。

3、积累课文中的好词佳句,能用查字典、联系生活或结合上下文等方法理解词句的意思。

教学重点

了解孔子拜师求学的过程,感受孔子、老子的品行。

教学难点

懂得为学要勤奋、谦虚、永不满足,为人真诚无私、尊敬师长。

一、研读感悟

1.孔子和老子给我们留下很深的印象,请你用──标出文中让你感动的句子,并在文中注一注你的感受。

2.读一读你画的语句,把自己的感受说给小组内的同学听一听!

3.班级交流读书感受。

(1)谈孔子

①他总觉得自己的知识还不够渊博,三十岁的时候,他离开家乡曲阜,去洛阳拜大思想家老子为师。

②曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,孔子风餐露宿,日夜兼程,几个月后,终于走到了洛阳。(重点词语理解:

风餐露宿:这个词语一般用来形容旅途或野外生活的艰苦,说明孔子一路上的艰辛。

日夜兼程:不分白天黑夜地赶路,表明孔子求知若渴的急切心情。

终于:曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,路途十分遥远,因此用终于。)

③孔子想:这位老人大概就是我要拜访的老师吧!于是上前行礼

④孔子连忙说:学生孔丘,特地来拜见老师,请收下我这个学生。(谦虚礼貌)

⑤学习是没有止境的。

⑥从此,孔子每天不离老师左右,随时请教。

(2)谈老子

①你就是孔丘啊,听说你要来,我就在这儿迎候。研究学问你不比我差,为什么还要拜我为师呢?(谦虚礼貌)

②老子也把自己的学问毫无保留地传授给了他。(学词毫无保留、传授。)

(3)对比理解两组近义词的不同用法。

学生找出这两组近义词:拜访-拜见,迎候-等候。

①通过对比朗读,细细品味:拜访是敬辞,访问的意思,拜见是拜会、会见的意思,是从客人方面说的。

②迎候和等候都是等待的意思,但迎候是到某个地方等候,等候则不表示迎接的意思。

③这些词互换好不好?为什么?

(4)学生根据交流综合谈对孔子、老子的印象和感受。(勤奋、谦虚、永不满足,为人真诚无私、尊敬师长。)

所以课文最后一段告诉我们(生读):人们佩服孔子和老子的学问,也敬重他们的品行。

二、再读全文,再感受。[

三、作业

1、抄写自己喜欢的句子。

2、开始进行中国传统文化的资料收集。

板书设计:

17孔子拜师

孔子老子

学生拜师

教学目标

1、会认7个生字,会写12个生字.正确读写远近闻名、相距、学问、风尘仆仆、纳闷、迎候、等候、止境、长进、请教、保留、传授、敬重、品行等词语。

2、有感情地朗读课文。

3、了解孔子拜师的经过,激发对大思想家孔子和老子的崇敬之情。

4、积累课文中的好词佳句,能用查字典、联系生活或结合上下文等方法理解词句的意思。

教学重点

了解孔子拜师求学的过程,感受孔子、老子的品行。

教学难点

懂得为学要勤奋、谦虚、永不满足,为人真诚无私、尊敬师长。

孔子的课件(篇4)

学习目标

1、正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。了解孔子拜师求学的经过,感受孔子、老子的品行。

2、得为学要勤奋、谦虚,永不满足;为人要真诚、无私,尊敬师长。增强民族自尊心和自豪感。

课前准备

1、搜集孔子的相关知识

2、做好预习,理解字词义。

第一课时

一、导入

1、 我们泱泱中华,从古至今,涌现过许多著名的大思想家、教育家、科学家。今天老师就要向大家介绍一位古代著名的思想家。

2、 (出示孔子简介)他生活在两千多年前的春秋时代,是我国著名的思想家和教育家。他是儒家学派的创始人,他的教育思想影响了我们两千多年,在世界也有很大影响。他被称为“万世师表”、“至圣先师”,受到人们的广泛尊敬,后人修建了孔庙纪念他。有些国家和地区还把他的生日作为教师节。

3、 你能猜出他是谁吗?(板书:孔子)对,他就是孔子(出示孔子图像及名字。)孔子又名丘(qiu),字仲尼(zhong ni)。古代人的姓名比现代人复杂一些,名和字是不一样的,自称常用名,为表示对别人的尊敬,称呼别人用字。

4、 你还知道关于孔子的其他知识吗?

5、你想知道为什么孔子能成为伟大的思想家和教育家吗?学了《孔子拜师》这篇课文,就能揭开这个秘密。

6、 读题,质疑。

孔子为什么拜师?

孔子拜谁为师?

他是怎么拜师的?

……

二、初读感知

1、 通过朗读解决你的好奇和疑问吧!放声朗读课文,把字词读正确,句子读流利。边读边思考,自己解决疑问。

2、 开火车读课文,并正音

远近闻名 渊博 曲阜 风餐露宿 日夜兼程 老聃(聃是老子的字,补充老子的资料)纳闷

迎候 等候(两个词用法不同,用句子填空区别) 止境 毫无保留 传授 佩服品行(“品行”就是指他们高尚的情操和行为品德。)

三、学习第一段

1、 文中有一个地方把“孔子为什么拜师?孔子拜谁为师?”这两个问题一齐解答了,你找到了吗?(出示第一段)

2、 指名读

3、 用“因为……所以……”说说孔子为什么拜师、拜谁为师。

4、 从这字里行间,你感受到什么?(引导学生体会孔子的好学精神并板书:好学)

“远近闻名”却“总觉得……知识不够渊博”:他的学问已经出名了,却总觉得不够,说明他很好学。

5、 感情朗读:

是啊,这就是求知若渴的孔子啊,读(指名读第一段)。

这就是勤奋求学的孔子,读-。

四、学习第二段,体会孔子“不畏艰辛”的好学精神。

1、 于是,勤奋好学的孔子踏上了漫漫拜师之路,一路上出现了不少感人的情景。读读第二段,把感动你的此句划出来,并想像一下当时的画面。

2、交流:曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,孔子风餐露宿,日夜兼程,几个月后,终于走到了洛阳。

(1)“上千里”、“几个月”:上千里的距离在50万米以上,可见孔子拜师的路途是多么的遥远。古代没有汽车、没有平坦的高速公路,上千里的路程孔子只能靠双腿、马车一步步艰难的行走着。

(2)“风餐露宿”:风里吃饭,露天睡觉。形容旅途生活的艰辛。

“日夜兼程”:不管白天夜晚都在赶路。

(3)同学们,你能想像一下孔子“风餐露宿”、“日夜兼程”的情景吗?(配乐想像说话)

(4)脑中想像这样的画面,来读这句话。

(5)还有什么词让你感受到孔子路途上的辛苦?(风尘仆仆)

(5)孔子就这样在这千里迢迢的求师路上,面对炎炎的烈日、凛冽的寒风,一直行走,(几个月后,终于走到了洛阳)。我听到同学们读到“终于”这个词时松了口气,你们有什么感受?(体会不易)是什么在支持着他走到洛阳?(强烈的求知求学的欲望)

五、小结,写字

1、 这节课,我们深深感受到了孔子是一位有着求知好学的学生,那老子又是怎样的一位老师呢?我们下节课继续学习。

2、 写字:闻、尘、仆、纳闷、丘。理解“纳闷”的意思是因为奇怪而发呆,用纳闷造句。注意“尘”上部分没有钩,找“仆”的形近字“扑”。

第二课时

一、 复习导入

1、听写

2、通过上节课的学习,我们知道(引读第一段及第二段第一句)。

二、学习2-3段,品味“感动”

上节课,我们被孔子好学的.精神深深感动了,这节课我们继续交流,还有哪些地方让你感动?

(一)研读第二段,体会孔子和老子的谦虚有礼

1、划出孔子和老子的对话,指名读。

2、孔子说:“学习是没有止境的。”这句话你读懂了吗?可以用一个词概括――学无止境。联系生活实际说说自己的看法。

3、读了他们的对话,你有什么想说的吗?你是从哪个词里看出来的呢?

从:“行礼”、“再次行礼”的动作,“拜见”“ 等候”、“迎候”等话语中体会他们互相尊敬和礼貌。

3、 同桌分角色、全班分角色表演对话。

(二)学习第三、四段

1、孔子和老子谦虚有礼的品行深深感动着这我们每一个人的心,你还读出了其他的感动吗?

2、交流:从此,孔子每天不离老师左右,随时请教。老子也把自己的学问毫无保留地传授给她。

2、 你因什么而感动?(孔子好学、老子无私教授)

三、学习最后一段

1、一次拜师求学,折射出孔子、老子高贵的人格品质,让我们一次次为他们而感动,难怪课文中这样写到:(人们佩服孔子和老子的学问,也敬重他们的品行。)

2、《孔子拜师》这篇课文学到这就结束了,但老子、孔子却让我们留下了刻深的印象。你有什么想说的吗?

四、拓展、写字

1、孔子不仅品行流传千古,还有许多耐人深思的名言至今让后人传诵。(出示孔子的名言)并积累。

2、写字

(1)孔子拜师让我们深深的懂得了对待学习是永无止境的——(生:“学无止境”)

今天我们就一起来积累这个词语,学习“止境”两个字。

(2)写迎、等、止、境、授、品,注意区分“迎”与“柳”。

孔子的课件(篇5)

教学目标

基础性目标

1、学会本课的生字。

2、理解本课的重点词语。

3、学会写摘录笔记。

发展性目标

1、知道虽各有优点,但都还要不断学习的道理。

2、了解孔子教育思想的现实意义。

教学过程

一、导入新课

1、大家还记不记得在上一篇课文中,作者开头第一天做的第一件事是什么?答:叩拜至圣先师孔夫子像。

2、为什么要拜孔子呢?(请同学回答,并顺势引出对孔子的介绍)

3、这么伟大的一位万世之师,大家想不想知道他是如何教育学生的?答:想。

二、整体感知

1、好,那么就让我们一起走进《孔子与学生》(用多媒体出示课题)

2、自读课文,边读边思考,圈点问题,有不懂的地方画出来,可以在旁边写上字;自学生字。

3、请学生提问,老师将问题整理归类。

4、带着这些问题,我们再请同学起来朗读一下这篇课文。请3位同学分角色朗读,台下同学当评委,看他们读的对不对。

5、评论一下,引出生字的学习,用多媒体出示本课生字,请同学们读几遍,纠正发音。

三、分析课文,解决问题

1、什么是有教无类?请同学们根据字面意思试着解释一下。老师评价后给予正确解释。从文中哪几句话可以看出孔子的有教无类?答:2、3句。

2、什么是因材施教?请同学解释一下,老师指正。文中哪几段体现了孔子的因材施教?答:2、3段。(从而引出对2、3段的研究)

3、请大家看一下,在孔子和子夏对话中出现了几个人物?答:4个。他们分别叫什么名字啊?答:颜回、子贡、子路、子张。(随着学生的回答,用多媒体一一出示或板书)

4、在第二段中,孔子分别对他们做了什么评价?答:信用好,聪明,勇敢,严谨庄重。随着学生的回答,用多媒体一一出示或板书)

5、孔子的学生们各有各的优点,孔子跟他们相比,感觉自己怎么样啊?答:不及他们。

6、听到孔子这么说,子夏很迷惑,“既然他们都各有长处,而且比您还要了不起,那他们为什么还要跟您学习呢?”大家是不是也有同样的疑问呢?那就让我们跟子夏一起去问问孔老先生,看看能不能解除我们的疑惑。问明白的同学请举手告诉老师,孔子和你们说了些什么?答:……(随着学生的回答,用多媒体一一出示或板书缺点部分)

7、就2、3段的内容,再进一步启发学生,使学生们进一步理解孔子的因材施教。

8、下面请大家一起来做一个游戏,三人一组,讨论交流,分别说出各自的优点和缺点,大家一定要根据平时的.观察,实事求是的说出同学的优缺点。(讨论后,老师请3-4组同学来回答)

9、大家都敞开了心扉,说出了心里话,真好!那么知道了彼此的优点缺点,你们将会怎么做呢?答:……

10、大家的想法非常好,孔老夫子也有一些看法和你们一样,我们一起来看看他是怎么说的:(出示大屏幕)“三人行,必有我师焉。择其善者而从之,其不善者而改之。”齐读、分组读、个人读。请同学说说对本句的理解,老师点拨,使学生了解句意。再读。各自背,同位互相检查。

11、“子夏点头称是,他明白这也是老师对自己的教育。”“这”指什么?这句话对你有什么启发?答:……

12、现在我们再来回顾一下,孔子受到学生敬重的重要原因是什么,请大家用两个词概括。答:有教无类,因材施教。

13、孔子不但受到学生的敬重,也受到后人的尊敬,被称为“万事先师”,他为什么享有这么高的盛名呢?请大家齐读第四段,找出原因。答:一……(第一句),二……(第二句)

14、孔子桃李满天下,第一点不难理解。那么为什么说他对中国的教育事业产生了深远的影响呢?四人一组,讨论一下,看看我们今天的教育哪些方面体现了孔子的教育思想。(老师可以先举例说明,例如不同年龄的人上不同的年级,学不同的东西,体现了因材施教等)

15、可见,孔子是一个多么有远见的人!如果你是孔子的学生,你想对他说什么?答:……

16、整体回顾四、学写摘录笔记现在请同学们拿出本子来,我们继续练习写摘录笔记,找出你们自己喜欢的词语、句子,写到本子上,如果你对有关孔子的知识感兴趣,也可以抄下来,另外,老师课上讲过的有关名句,也可以记下来。

五、作业

1、生字一个四遍,组两个词。

2、背过“三人行……”

3、如果你是孔子的学生,你想对他说什么?把想说的话写下来。

?孔子和学生》记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子的教学策略:有教无类和因材施教。孔子因而受到学生的尊重。通过学习让学生明白了每个人虽然各有优点,但都还要不断学习的道理。这节课我非常满意的地方就是引导学生如何去从课文中理解“因材施教”和“有教无类”这两个词语的意思。及这篇课文所要表达的主题。

在具体操作时,我注意引导学生紧紧抓住一些语言的精妙之处,层层深入,对学生进行有效地训练和指导。我还采用师生分角色朗读的方式,再现孔子和学生颜回的对话部分,然后反复朗读,让学生从中理解孔子的品质。

另外在教学中我还让学生,互相说说好友的优点和缺点,然后让学生明白自己也要不断向别人学习。然后及时进行思想教育。

不足之处就是学生课前收集的材料不够充分,还欠缺一定的主动性。

孔子的课件(篇6)

教学目标:

1、认识“痴、抑、纯”3个生字,会写“倦、谱、溢、浸、抑、纯”6个字,掌握“厌倦、曲谱、洋溢、沉浸、抑扬起伏、炉火纯青”等词语。

2、默读课文,抓住描写孔子学琴的语句,理解孔子的琴艺是怎样达到炉火纯青的。

3、学习孔子精益求精、不断进取的优秀品质。

教学重难点:

重点:默读课文,理解孔子的琴艺是怎样达到炉火纯青的,体会孔子精益求精、不断进取的优秀品质。

难点:抓住描写孔子学琴的语句,理解孔子的琴艺是怎样达到炉火纯青的。

课文重点:2、3、4、5段

读说结合点:说说自己有没有像孔子类似的学习经历。

课文背诵点:第2、3、4、5段任选一段

预习设计:

1.把课文读正确、读流利,标出段落序号

2.看拼音、写词语:

yànjuànchéngkěnyángyìchénjìn

()()()()

yìyánglúhuǒchúnqīng

()()

(设计意图:初读课文了解大意)

1.课文主要写了什么事情?(主要内容)

2.从孔子身上你体会到什么?

(设计意图:把握课文顺心和文章主要内容)

1.读完本文后你有什么收获,知道了什么?

2.你还有什么不明白的地方?

(设计意图:收获与质疑)

预习反馈情况及分析:通过检查学生预习情况看,学生对孔子比较感兴趣,乐于取探讨这方面的知识,了解文章大意方面做得较好,对课文生字、词语能够掌握、理解,对对文章的思想内容把握不是很好。

教学过程设计:

一、激趣导入

1、课前大家都搜集了与孔子相关的资料,你愿意把你眼中的孔子介绍给其他同学吗?

[让学生将自己了解到的孔子的资料与大家进行交流,不但做到了资源共享,而且很好地激发了学生学习的兴趣。]

2、你们了解的`可真不少!孔子是我国古代的大教育家、大思想家。为中华文明做出了巨大贡献。那么,孔子到底是怎样一个人呢?这节课我们就来学习关于他的一个小故事《孔子学琴》(板书:孔子学琴)我想通过这个故事我们对他会有更深的了解。

二、初读课文,整体感知

1、默读课文,自学生字、新词

2、检查学生生字、新词的学习情况。

3、自读课文,想一想,这篇课文的主要内容是什么?是按照什么顺序来写的呢?你觉得孔子是一个怎样的人?

4、学生读文,动笔画出有关的句子,讨论交流。

课文主要讲了讲述了孔子不仅是历史上伟大的思想家、教育家,还是一位音乐行家,尤其弹得一手好琴,但他还不满足,50岁那年还向鲁国著名的音乐家师襄学习弹琴。孔子勤学苦练,最后琴艺达到炉火纯青。

课文是按时间顺序写记叙的。

三、细读课文,理解品悟

1、请同学们默读课文,并思考:从哪可以看出孔子是个做事认真、不断进取、精益求精的人?孔子的琴艺是怎样达到炉火纯青的高超水平的?他在相关的语句下划上线,并想一想为什么?

2、学生先自学,然后小组内讨论交流。

[在交流中感悟文章思想感情]

3、全班汇报,教师点拨,进行朗读指导。

[教师引导学生抓住课文描写孔子言行的语句,体会孔子在学琴时是如何孜孜不倦、精益求精的,同时指导学生读好相关语句。]

四、教师小结,拓展延伸

1、孔子学琴共经历了四个层次,由师襄四看孔子弹琴表现得淋漓尽致:一是学曲谱;二是练技巧;三是领会内容;四是体会作者,最终达到"炉火纯青"。

2、孔子确实是一位了不起的人物。小小的一件学琴的事就让后人们如此赞叹不已。那么,从今天孔子学琴这件事来看,联系自己的生活实际,想一想自己做事时是一种怎样的态度,你是如何对待学琴这件事儿的?

[与孔子的品质进行比较,这样孔子的精神更突出。]

五、课堂练习

以小组为单位,分角色表演这个故事。

[通过让学生按事情的发展顺序演一演“孔子学琴”的故事,培养学生思维的条理性,提高提高学习课文的兴趣,加深对课文的理解。]

限时作业设计:

1、联系课文内容解释下列词语并造句。

毕恭毕敬:

炉火纯青:

2、摘抄孔子练琴和师襄听琴

3、补充孔子名言;

学而不厌,

三人行,

知之为知之,,。

(设计意图:目的在于练习理解重要的生字词,同时学习孔子的名言,巩固本节课的学习内容。)

限时作业完成情况的统计与分析:

从学生完成情况来看,学生对词语含义掌握较好,孔子练琴和师襄听琴的句子抄写较好基本达到了预期的目的。

六、布置作业:写一篇读后感。

板书设计:29孔子学琴

学曲谱学而不厌

练技巧不断进取

领会内容精益求精

体会作者炉火纯青

孔子的课件(篇7)

《失去的一天》教学设计 教学目标: 1.引导学生默读课文。读懂课文内容,理解“失去的一天”的含义,从而教育学生要懂得珍惜时间。 2.指导学生学会“茬、砖、涎”3个会认字。 教学重难点: 1.引导学生默读课文。读懂课文内容,理解“失去的一天”的含义,从而教育学生要懂得珍惜时间。 教学准备: 演示文稿 教学过程: 一、导入 请同学们齐读课题,看到题目你想知道什么? (谁失去了一天?为什么说他失去了一天,这一天里都失去什么了?) 二、初读课文 1.读读课文,试着回答自己的问题。 2.检查字词 麦茬:麦子收割后,遗留在地里的根和茎的基部。 垂涎欲滴:形容非常贪馋想吃的样子。 游手好闲:游荡成性,不爱劳动。 3.正确流利地朗读课文 4.文章主要讲了一件什么事? (九岁的佩佳没有完成妈妈给他安排的一天的任务,觉得今天的事情可以放到明天去做。妈妈领他看了在这一天里拖拉机手、建筑工人、面包师的工作成果和图书馆里大家一天看过的书,使佩佳明白了自己失去了一天。) 三、学习课文 1.为什么说佩佳失去了一天? 出示ppt: 妈妈严肃地说:“孩子,虽然你觉得今天的事情可以放到明天去完成,可你要知道,现在地球上少栽了一棵树,人们中间少了一个知道什么叫《远处的青山》的人。现在你无论多么努力,也无法了解你失去的这一天所应了解的一切。”   请同学们读读课文,然后画出佩佳在这一天中的表现,再画出其他人一天中都做了什么?谈谈你的感受。 2.交流 佩佳: 想再睡一会儿”,他觉得“还来得及呢”“先坐一会儿再开始干活吧”,又在果园里吃吃玩玩。总之他干事一推再推,最后一事无成。 其他人: 拖拉机手这一天翻耕的麦茬地,看建筑工人新砌的一堵墙,面包师制作的面包,图书馆里一天中人们看完后还回来的书。 3.别人在这一天里做了很多事,而佩佳什么也没做,他能弥补回这天没做的事情吗?(不能,因为每一天人们都会做很多事,时间是不会倒流的。) 4.佩佳错在哪呢?(觉得今天的事情可以放在明天去完成。) 5.最后佩佳明白了什么叫做“失去的一天”了。 讨论:佩佳到底明白了什么?(时间一去不复返,要珍惜时间) 四、总结 谈谈你对“失去的一天”是怎样理解的?习作《我和××》教学设计 教学目标: 1.能把自己和伙伴之间发生的事情写清楚。 2.能通过对人物语言、动作、神态的描写突出人物特点,将文章内容写具体。 3.语句通顺、表达有一定条理。 4.有自己的真实感受。 教学重难点: 能通过对人物语言、动作、神态的描写突出人物特点,将文章内容写具体。 教学过程: 一、谈话导入 在日常生活中,同学经常与自己的伙伴、朋友、亲人、师长等交往,在交往中也一定会发生过这样或那样的一些事情,这些事或让你受到了深刻的教育,鼓舞你不断进步;或不断提醒你注意吸取教训,不要重走错误的老路;或使你……今天你就选择其中一个,和同学交流交流。 二、小组出代表,全班交流,互相补充 评价交流标准: 1.“我和××”属半命题作文,习作中不仅写“我”还要写“××”,写两人之间发生的事情。 2.要写出自己和这个人有过怎样的交往?你们在相处中的什么事情给自己留心 了深刻的印象?在这些交往的事件中,你们之间的感情有怎样的联系或发生过 怎样的变化?是互相理解,或是互相支持;是互相热爱,或是互相怀念;是由 于误会而导致感情破裂…… 三、学生进行习作,教师注意发现有新意的习作,随时向大家推荐 四、学生习作之后认真自我修改,与同学交换习作,互相修改 五、优秀作品欣赏 口语交际《电话留言》教学设计 教学目标: 1.敢于与他人交流,表达自己的独特见解。 2.引导学生学习电话留言的技能或发手机短信的技巧。 3.能向别人学习,倾听他人的发言或表演。 教学重难点: 引导学生学习电话留言的技能或发手机短信的技巧。 教学过程: 一、谈话导入 在现代社会打电话是人们生活中常用的通讯方式。但有时候电话通了,你想通话的那个人却不在;有时候对方又是录音电话,这就需要你留言,这个时候,我们该怎样说话呢? 1.阅读教材中“活动建议”部分,想想电话留言活动内容和要求。 2.确定打电话的具体内容。 3.设置电话留言的情景。 4.自由组合,模拟进行电话留言活动。 二、进行活动评价 1.阅读教材中“活动评价”部分,明确评价要求。 2.进行评价 口语交际《电话留言》教学设计 教学目标: 1.敢于与他人交流,表达自己的独特见解。 2.引导学生学习电话留言的技能或发手机短信的技巧。 3.能向别人学习,倾听他人的发言或表演。 教学重难点: 引导学生学习电话留言的技能或发手机短信的技巧。 教学过程: 一、谈话导入 在现代社会打电话是人们生活中常用的通讯方式。但有时候电话通了,你想通话的那个人却不在;有时候对方又是录音电话,这就需要你留言,这个时候,我们该怎样说话呢? 1.阅读教材中“活动建议”部分,想想电话留言活动内容和要求。 2.确定打电话的具体内容。 3.设置电话留言的情景。 4.自由组合,模拟进行电话留言活动。   二、进行活动评价 1.阅读教材中“活动评价”部分,明确评价要求。 2.进行评价 《体育课》教学设计 教学目标: 1.认识“疤、嘘”2个生字,学会“疤、洛、膝、碍、碟、嘘、臂、肘、饶、憋、握”11个生字,掌握“伤病、膝盖、碍手碍脚、小菜一碟、双臂、胳膊肘、握手、嘲笑、旁若无人”等词语。 2.帮助学生正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。 3.引导学生把握课文内容,了解体育课上涅利在同学、老师、妈妈的关心和鼓励下,是怎样爬上横木顶上的,体会涅利自强、自立、自信的精神品质,领悟作者是怎样通过人物的语言、行动来表现人物特点的。   教学重点: 引导学生读懂课文,了解体育课上涅利在同学、老师、妈妈的关心和鼓励下,爬上横木顶上的故事,体会涅利自强、自立、自信的精神品质。   教学难点: 领悟作者是怎样通过人物的语言、行动来表现人物特点的。   教学准备: 演示文稿   第一课时   教学目标: 1.指导学生认识“疤、嘘”2个生字,学会“疤、洛、膝、碍、碟、嘘、臂、肘、饶、憋、握”11个生字,掌握“伤病、膝盖、碍手碍脚、小菜一碟、双臂、胳膊肘、握手、嘲笑、旁若无人”等词语。 2.帮助学生正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。 3.引导学生把握课文内容。   教学重难点: 1.引导学生把握课文内容。 2.能正确书写生字。   教学过程:   一、导入 出示:《爱的教育》这本书的封面 1.看到这个书名,你会想到什么? 2.今天,我们就从中选取其中一个小故事读一读。   二、自主预习1.出示ppt(预习提示):   第一步:读课文,画出生字自学,争取把课文读正确、流利。 第二步:想想课文主要写了一件什么事? 第三步:画出自己不懂的内容。   2.学生自主预习  三、检查预习1.听写 伤疤膝盖碍手碍脚双臂碟子握住 2.出示ppt:   饶   (1)指名读 (2)“饶”字,换掉一部分可以变成哪些字? 3.出示ppt:   君临天下   (1)指名读 (2)君临天下什么意思? (3)文中指谁,在什么时候有君临天下的感觉。(文中指诺比斯在爬上横杆很得意时) (4)那把这个词放在句子里该怎么读? 4.课文主要讲了谁?(涅利) 写了涅利的一件什么事?   四、默读课文,理清文章结构 1.请同学们默读课文,全文围绕“涅利”上体育课,在同学和老师的鼓励下,锲而不舍地爬上横木这件事,分几部分来写的。(默读、分段) 2.讨论、交流   五、再次读书,提出不懂的问题   第二课时   教学目标: 1.能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。 2.引导学生把握课文内容,了解体育课上涅利在同学、老师、妈妈的关心和鼓励下,是怎样爬上横木顶上的,体会涅利自强、自立、自信的精神品质. 3.领悟作者是怎样通过人物的语言、行动来表现人物特点的。   教学重点: 引导学生读懂课文,了解体育课上涅利在同学、老师、妈妈的关心和鼓励下,爬上横木顶上的`故事,体会涅利自强、自立、自信的精神品质。   教学难点: 领悟作者是怎样通过人物的语言、行动来表现人物特点的。   教学过程:   一、导入 1.通过上节课的学习,谁来说说,《体育课》这篇文章写了一件什么事? (因为涅利太瘦弱了,妈妈认为他做不了那样的活动,所以前来请求校长免去涅利的体育课。但涅利硬是不同意。在体育课上,涅利用他那瘦削的手抱住横木往上爬,在同学们的鼓励下涅利终于爬到了横木顶,站到了平台上。) 2.谁给你留下了最为深刻的印象? (涅利加仑德洛西……)   二、深入学习、感悟理解 (一)默读课文,找出写上体育课的段落,多读几遍,用笔画出描写涅利的语句,反复读几遍,把读的感受批注在文章边上。 (二)组织交流 1.出示ppt:   可怜的小家伙,他使出了全身的力气,脸都憋紫了,豆大的汗珠从他额头上滚落下来。   (1)仔细读读这句话,你读懂了什么? (涅利太弱小了,他使出了浑身的力气……) (2)是从哪些词语感受到的? (使出全身憋紫汗珠滚落……) (3)抓住这些重点词,读出感受(学生抓重点词练读) (4)假如你就是“涅利”能告诉大家你心中是怎样想的吗?(一定要坚持) (5)读出你的坚定,再来读读这句话 (6)还从哪些句子感受到涅利的坚持不懈,找出来读读。 2.换位体验 (1)看着涅利那样的吃力,如果你是他的同学,你想怎么做?(鼓励他、帮助他) (2)我们一起来鼓励涅利,用鼓励的语气来读读同学的话。 (3)假如你是涅利,在同学、老师的鼓励下,终于站在最高处时,你的心理一定有许多话要说,你想对谁说些什么? 出示ppt:   1.对自己说…… 2.对老师说…… 3.对妈妈说…… 4.对同学说……   3.提炼中心 文章读到这儿,评价一下文中人物。   三、深入探究,引发讨论 1.文章的题目是体育课,整个第二大段把体育课上的故事写得很清楚了,为什么要写第一和第三部分,那不是画蛇添足吗? 2.学生

孔子的课件(篇8)

《孔子拜师》是六年制小学人教版课标实验教材三年级上册第五单元中的课文,这是一篇精读课文。这篇课文讲述了我国古代著名思想家、教育家孔子拜老子为师的故事,体现了孔子谦虚好学孜孜以求的治学精神和老子诲人不倦、爱护晚辈的品行,课文还渗透了“学无止境”的精神。

(1)正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。

(2)了解孔子拜师的经过,激发对大思想家孔子和老子的崇敬之情。

(3)积累课文的好词佳句,能用查字典、联系生活或结合上下文等方法理解词句的意思。

培养学生良好的'人文素养、语文素养以及合作探究精神、创新精神,是新课程标准的重要理念,为了实现这一目标,同时也为体现新课标中知识与能力、情感与态度,过程与方法的统一,为了充分调动学生的积极性与主动性,构建开放而有力的语文课堂。教学时巫老师采取引导法,以课题为切入点引导学生质疑“为什么孔子会拜老子为师呢?”然后组织学生探究并体验,从而实现教师的主导性和学生的主体地位,体现语文开放性和语文课与社会、与人生相结合的特点。

孔子的课件(篇9)

教学过程:

一. 导入新课。

1. 上节课,我们穿越了时光隧道跟随孔子来到了美丽的泗水河畔,你觉得泗水河畔美吗?

2. 你能通过读,把这份美表现出来吗?

二. 学习第3至第9自然段。

1. 读课文第3至第9自然段,一边读一边想,哪些地方让你感觉到了孔子对水的这份情意?

2. 学生读。

3. 交流。

(1)同学们认真读书的情意成为课堂上最美的画面,只要认真读,就一定会有收获。

(2)指名谈感觉。

投影出示“水奔流不息……由此看来,水是真君子啊”。

① 这部分是围绕哪句话来写的?(板书:真君子)

② 为什么说水是真君子?

指名说,让他们到黑板上写。

③ 再读这段话,边读边写收获,可以写想到的古诗名句、想到的课文等,在书上加批注。

(3)再次读书体会。

a. 没有水,就没有……?(水有德行)这样的水你敬佩吗?你感激吗?带着这份敬佩、感激,一齐读。

b. “或”是什么意思?你猜猜?(生说)(师:“或”是有时的意思)。教师由“或方或长”引出“柔情似水”这个词。

c. 交流“水有志向”,想到名言:三军可夺帅,匹夫不可夺志。教师引读:这样一往无前的水,这样充满志向的水,就是孔子心中的`真君子!

d. 交流“水善施教化:。

“荡涤污垢”你怎么想?就像老师帮助学生洗掉……

(4)通过这番言论,你能看出孔子对水怎样的心情?

(5)出示孔子关于“君子”的言论。

教师带领学生了解名言的含义。

(6)仿说:水____,它好像____。

(7)读了这段话,你对水有了怎样的情感?

配乐齐读!

(8)孔子为什么要论水?你觉得还有哪些人是君子呢?

过渡:孔子的弟子们明白了孔子的良苦用心吗?读第10至第18自然段。

三. 学习第10至第18自然段。

1. 学生朗读。

2. 交流:你认为弟子们明白了孔子的良苦用心吗?你从哪里看出来的?

3. 出示文言文《论语》中的内容:

(1)读懂这段名言了吗?结合课文内容说一说。

(2)读这段话。

4. 你觉得孔子是个怎样的老师?

出示其他名人对孔子的评价:“万世师表,至圣先师”等。

四. 读最后一个自然段。

理解“春意更浓了”。

五. 齐读孔子的名言。

板书设计:

孔子游春

有德行 有情义 有志向 善施教化

真君子

孔子的课件(篇10)

教学目标

流利、有感情地朗读课文。了解孔子拜师求学的经过,感受孔子、老子的品行。

谦虚,永不.满足;为人要真诚、无私,尊敬师长。增强民族自尊心和自豪感。

3.学会借助课外资料学习语文。

教学重点

了解孔子拜师求学的过程,感受孔子、老子的品行。

教学难点

懂得为学要勤奋、谦虚、永不满足,为人真诚无私、尊敬师长。

课前准备

1. 多媒体课件。

2. “我心中的孔子”“我心中的老子”表格。

情景导入

1.谈话:

同学们,在两千多年前的春秋时代,我国有一位伟大的思想家和教育家,叫孔子

(板书:孔子,并正音:子读zi)

2.学生展示搜集的孔子资料:听了有关孔子的'介绍,你想说些什么?

3.引入:为什么孔子能成为一位伟大的思想家和教育家?学了《孔子拜师》这篇课文,就能揭开这个秘密。(放动画朗读)

初读感知

1.初读课文,感知课文大意:课文讲了些什么?

2.寻求答案,找找孔子拜师的原因。

研读感悟

1.孔子和老子给我们留下很深的印象,请你用“──”标出文中让你感动的句子,并在文中注一注你的感受。

2.读一读你画的语句,把自己的感受说给小组内的同学听一听!

3.班级交流读书感受。

(1)谈孔子

①他总觉得自己的知识还不够渊博,三十岁的时候,他离开家乡曲阜,去洛阳拜大思想家老子为师。

②曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,孔子风餐露宿,日夜兼程,几个月后,终于走到了洛阳。

③孔子想:这位老人大概就是我要拜访的老师吧!于是上前行礼……

④孔子连忙说:“学生孔丘,特地来拜见老师,请收下我这个学生。”

⑤学习是没有止境的。

⑥从此,孔子每天不高老师左右,随时请教。

(2)谈老子

①“你就是孔丘啊,听说你要来,我就在这儿迎候。研究学问你不比我差,为什么还要拜我为师呢?”

②老子也把自己的学问毫无保留地传授给了他。

(老子的印象。

4.演读。

拓展活动

学生结合搜集的资料,班内分小组编写一篇题为“我心中的孔子” 和“我心中的老子”的小文章。

特点选择伙伴和标题组成学习合作小组。

2.明确责任:各小组推荐一名同学作组长,具体负责本小组的活动。

3.代表朗读本小组小文章。

孔子的课件(篇11)

教学目标:

(1)学会本课7个生字,联系上下文体会课文中成语的意思,并任选两个成语造句。

(2)联系上下文和生活实际,理解含义深刻提句子,并体会其表达效果。

(3)有感情地朗读课文,体会课文中蕴含的深刻道理。

教学重点:

读中想像泗水河畔美丽的春景,领会孔子循循善诱的教育方法及浓浓的师生情。

联系生活实际,体会孔子所说的那段意味深长的话语所蕴含的道理。

教学过程:

一、谈话导入,激发兴趣

同学们,你们春游过吗?春游给你带来怎样的感觉?今天我们将穿越时空隧道,来到2500年前的春秋时期,跟随着我国古代圣人孔子一起去泗水河畔踏青,相信沿途中,你一定会饱览到很多如画的美景,聆听到圣人如诗般的教诲。

今天,我们来学习《孔子游春》(板书课题)

简介孔子生平。

二、初步感知,了解大意

1.读了课题,你产生了哪些疑问?

2.请大家带着问题快速默读课文,了解课文主要内容。

3.检查学生自学生字词的情况。

4.通过预习,还有什么不明白的生字和词语吗?

5.读了课文,你解开了哪些疑问?

三、自主学习,直击重点

一提到春游,我们肯定会兴奋不已,那孔子带着弟子们游赏完泗水河畔是一种怎样的心情呢?(兴奋、快乐等)

你是从课文中的哪些语句看出来的?(“竟情不自禁手舞足蹈起来”)

孔子为什么会这样的快乐?请大家带着这个问题,去细读课文,找出有关的语句画下来。可以设身处地地去想,可以有感情地去读,也可以在感受最深的语句旁作上批注。

四、合作学习,深化理解

1.自学完的同学可以在组内交流读文后的感受。

2.全班交流。学生读出自己圈画的部分,并联系实际谈自己的感受。

3.引导学生按照三个阶段来品读课文。

①初步性认识--弟子言志

A.孔子是听完子路和颜回的志向后,听着颜回的志向歌情不自禁地手舞足蹈起来的。那么,子路和颜回的志向分别是什么?

B.颜回的“志向歌”里会唱些什么呢?请同学们合理想象将歌词补写出来。

C.孔子听了弟子们有福同享、不为自己表功的志向后能不高兴吗,请同学们想一想,子路和颜回为什么会有这样高尚的志向的?请大家认真研读课文,从课文中寻找答案。

②深层次认识--师生悟理

A.子路和颜回之所以有这样高尚的志向,是因为他们听了孔子关于水的一段意味深长的话后,深受启发。孔子望着水说了怎样一段意味深长的话呢,把它画出来读一读。

B.学生质疑:为什么孔子最后说:“水是真君子啊!”

在孔子眼里,水具有怎样的特点呢?(有德行、有情义、有志向、善施教化)这实际上也是谁具有的特点?孔子和弟子们谈论水的目的是什么?

C.大家请看“善施教化”的后面有一个省略号,省略了什么?(水的其它特点,也就是君子的其它特点。)谁能合理地补充一些其它的特点?(胸怀宽广、博学多才、孝亲敬长......)

D.孔子教育弟子们做人,却没有直接说教,而是用水来打比方,巧妙地暗示弟子,你觉得孔子是一位怎样的老师?

E.孔子的确是一位充满智慧、和蔼可亲、对弟子循循善诱的.好老师。让我们一起有感情地朗读第八自然段,

在读中体会孔子的语气,语调以及语言中蕴含的深意。

③升华性认识--自然馈赠

A.孔子从泗水的绿波参悟出了做人的道理,说明了孔子是一位怎样的人?那到底是什么帮助了孔子悟出这个深刻的道理?请大家再次研读课文,想一想答案。(绿如翡翠的泗河水,说得更准确些是大自然母亲的馈赠)

B.课文中的哪些语句写出了泗水河畔美丽的春景,找出来,读一读。

C.赏析美景:

学生质疑:为什么称大自然是一位伟大的母亲?

讨论交流:这个句子写得很美,美在何处。读中想像,读中品味。

练习说话:仿照()是她()的()句式,展开想像,练习说话。

D.指导有感情的朗读,指导背诵。

④小结:

阳春三月,泗水河畔桃红柳绿,草色青青,春意盎然,置身于大自然母亲宽广的怀抱中,怎能不让孔子和他的弟子们心旷神怡,神情愉悦;当孔子欣然地接受了大自然母亲的馈赠,从泗水的碧波中参悟出做人的道理时,他又怎能不心花怒放;当孔子听到子路和颜回的高尚志向后,看到自己的教育思想在弟子身上生根发芽时,教书育人的快乐充盈着他的整个心灵,他怎能不高兴得手舞足蹈呢?

五、回读课文,总结收获

1.当我们跟随着孔子和他的弟子们经历了一趟春光之旅,一趟精神之旅后,你有了哪些收获呢?

2.谈收获(可从词、句的积累,文章的思想感情和表达方式诸多方面来总结,着重于谈文章的思想感情。)

3.积累词句:

如果积累的是自己喜欢的词语,则用这个词语造句;如果积累的是句子,则背诵这个句子。

4.课文结尾说:“泗水河畔的春意更浓了。”,春意为什么会变得更浓呢?你能回顾课文,说说你的理解吗?

(春光不变,但人欣赏春光的心情在变;春光不变,但春光中人心中的春景在变;春光不变,但春光中人的思想境界在变;春光不变,但人与自然的和谐关系在变......)

六、自置作业,课外延伸

最新高三课件(通用13篇)


古人云,工欲善其事,必先利其器。在上课时幼儿园的老师都想让自己的课堂知识能够吸引小朋友们的注意力,为了加强学习效率,我们一般会事先准备好教案,教案有助于让同学们很好的吸收课堂上所讲的知识点。那么如何写好我们的幼儿园教案呢?由此,有请你读一下以下的“最新高三课件(通用13篇)”,仅供参考,希望能为你提供参考!

高三课件 篇1

讨论以下问题:

1、为什么整个情节很荒诞,但读起来却能让人理解?

(细节很真实,尤其是格的心理活动,让人觉得他虽是虫形,实是“人心”,而且对甲虫的习性和对格变形后的心理把握得准确,让人可信。要求学生结合课文来回答这个问题。而且还要指导学生:荒诞不是乱讲,而这是部分同学写作文时容易犯的一个毛病――不讲逻辑,不注重细节。)

2、格里高尔为什么会变为甲虫?

(这是文章的思想意义所在,是讨论问题中的重点,要注意延伸和拓展。

根本原因是人性的丧失,人失去了自己本来应有的东西,就异化为非人了,而人之所以会丧失人性是由于:工作压力,人际关系的冷漠,人对自身的命运感到无法把握)

3、如何评价家人对格的态度。

(这是一个难题,也是卡夫卡对人类出的一份难以回答的试卷,它充分显示出卡夫卡的.冷静和深刻,还有勇气)

教后:

学生的讨论较为激烈,第一个问题属于理解层面,结合学生写作中不讲逻辑的毛病自己作了一定的阐述。

第二个问题的讨论最为热闹,具体如下:

工作压力/生活紧张,频率快,――甲虫则是行动缓慢的/作者刻意安排的,想用来检测一下人间的真情/利益驱动下,人的本性丧失了/甲虫是自由的,是格的一种理想/甲虫之有“甲”,是格下意识的防范心理起的作用,也是现代人和人之间的一种心理壁垒/大身躯,小足,显示出格不堪生活重负的特征

归纳起来说,学生们主要从两方面来说明:为什么会变,为什么变成甲虫而不是其他的什么动物。――相当深刻。

对第三个问题,学生基本上分为两种观点:对家人责备;认为可以理解,应该如此。――反映出了现代学生独立思考的可贵品质;但部分同学的观点很“现实”,显得有点和“传统美德”有出入。

高三课件 篇2

The First Period: Preparations for Reading

Step1 Learning the new words in the unit

Step2 Warming up

Note: The answers are based on world records as recorded by Guinness in

1. B. Vostok, Antarctica, 1983.

2. A. Radhouane Charbib, Tunisia, 2.35 meters. The tallest man in history may have been Robert P. Wadlow, USA, who was 2.72 meters in 1940.

3. A. Michael Kearney, USA. Michael was 6 years and 7 months old when he was studying for his degree. He graduated in 1994, at age 10, and later gained a Master’s degree at the age of 14.

4. A. Pelé (Edson Arantes do Nascimento), Brazil. Pelé played for the Brazilian team Santos of Rio de Janeiro and the American team the New York Cosmos, scoring a total of 1,279 goals.

5. B. Shamsher Singh, India. 1.83 meters in . Norwegian Hans Langseth had the longest beard ever, 5.33 meters in 1927.

6. B. Errol ET Muzawazi, Zimbabwe, gave a political-science lecture in Poland that lasted 62.5 hours.

Step3 Listening

Do Exercise 2 and 3.

Step4 Speaking

The Second Period: Reading

Step1 Pre-reading

Good morning, boys and girls. Summer is coming. It is becoming hotter and hotter. Do you know what the highest temperature is? What is the lowest temperature? Do you know where to find the answers to such interesting questions? (The Guinness Book of World Records.) What kind of book is it?

Step2 Reading

(1) Scan the text and find the answers to the questions in Pre-reading.

1. Sir Hugh Beaver was the director of Guinness Brewery who decided to write a book about records.

The book became the Guinness Book of World Records.

2. The first edition of the Guinness Book of World Records was published in 1955.

3. The longest moustache in the world reached a length of 1.6 meters.

4. Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea. A special and delicious record was set in 1997 to

celebrate Hong Kong’s return to China. The world’s largest jiaozi was made, weighing an

incredible 480 kilograms!

5. Lance Armstrong won the Tour de France in .

(2) Careful reading: find the main idea of each paragraph.

1. The birth of the book.

2. Records are sent into the book each year and they are put into different categories.

3. Some Chinese records in the book.

4. Many of the records come from the world of sports: some have moving life stories behind them.

5. Why people are so interested in world records.

6. The procedures to apply for a Guinness world record.

Step3 Post-reading

(1) Do Exercise2 in the Post-reading. (Keys: A: Para.5 B: Para.2 C: Para.1 D: Para.4 E: Para.6 F: Para.5)

(2) Do Exercise3 in the Post-reading.

Key: contact the Guinness Book of World Records →the editors decide whether the record attempt is suitable →the editors send rules and forms →a Guinness official inspects the record attempt →the official confirms the record →the Guinness Book of World Records sends a certificate

(3) Answer the following questions:

1. What are the categories in the Guinness Book of World Records?

The categories are human body, amazing feats, the natural world, science and technology, arts and the media, modern society, travel and transport and sports and games

2. What types of record attempts are not allowed?

Record attempts that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others are not allowed.

(4) Discussion:

1. Why did Sir Hugh Beaver want to create such a book?

2. Why do you think the book has been a best-seller for so many years?

The Third Period: Useful Words and Expressions in the Text

In 1951,the then① director of the Guinness Brewery ,Sir Hugh Beaver, wanted to settle an argument about the fastest bird in Europe.After talking to his friends, he concluded② that a book which answered such questions might be popular. The Guinness company hired③ a company to write what later became Guinness Book of World Records④. The first edition was published in 1955 and has been a best-seller ever since. 在1951年,吉尼斯啤酒厂当时的厂长休-毕沃先生想要解决关于欧洲最快的鸟的争论。和他的朋友们交谈后,他认定能回答这样一些问题的书可能会受欢迎。吉尼斯公司聘用诺里斯和罗斯-麦科沃写了一本后来成为吉尼斯记录的书。第一版在1955年出版,从那以后一直是一本最畅销的书。

① then adv.用来修饰名词,意为“那时的,当时的”

② conclude vt., vi.

1. 结束[(+with)]

We concluded our meeting at 9 o'clock.

He concluded his speech with a question. =end … with…

The meeting concluded with the International song. =end with…

”To conclude, I wish you all good health and a long life.“ “最后,祝大家健康长寿。

2.推断出,断定 [+that]

The doctor concluded that the patient's disease was cancer. 医生断定病人患的是癌症。

The judge concluded that the accused was guilty. 法官判定被告有罪

3. 缔结(条约)[(+with)]

Britain concluded a trade agreement with China.

4. (最后)决定(为)[+to-v][+that]

He concluded to wait (=that he would wait) a little longer.

conclusion n.结论

come to/draw/reach/arrive at a conclusion得出结论(from the facts)

bring sth to a conclusion使……结束

come to / reach the conclusion that...所得结论是...,断定

leap / jump to a conclusion贸然断定, 过早下结论

in conclusion = lastly 最后,总之

eg: In conclusion I’ d like to say that you did it very well.

③ hire vt.(同)employ /take on, (反) dismiss/fire ;

特别注意区别:hire;employ;rent;appoint

vt. hire sb.(临时或短时间)雇佣某人 hire sth. = rent sth. 租借/用(东西)hire / rent sth.(out )to sb.把某物出租给某人; n. 租金(= rent),雇用

employ/ take on sb.(较长时间)雇用或聘用某人 employ sth. = make use of sth

appoint sb.任命/委派/挑选某人(做某工作或任某职位)

④ record vt.记录,录制 n. 记录;唱片(注意读音)

keep a record 保持记录 set a new record 创新记录

break/beat a record 打破记录 make a new record 刷新记录

keep a record of 保存…的记载 make e record 录制/制作唱片

More than 60,000 new records are sent in① to the book each year, but they cannot all be printed. Instead, the editors of the book set down② the records and keep track of③ them in other ways.The records are put into different categories.The Guinness Book of World Records has chapters on the human body,amazing feats,the natural world,science and technology,arts and the media,modern society,travel and transport,and sports and games.You can learn that the oldest person is a woman who lived to be④ 122 years and 164 days,that the longest moustache reached a length of 1.6 metres and that the longest poisonous snake is 5.71 metres long. There are also strange records, like the Englishman who balanced⑤ a small car weighing 159.6 kilogrammes on his head for thirty-three seconds!每年送来6,000多个记录,但它们不能都出版。然而编辑们记下这些记录,并以其他方式继续了解情况。这些记录被分成不同的目录。《吉尼斯世界大全》关于人体的篇章、令人惊叹的伟绩篇章、自然世界篇章、科学技术篇章、艺术和媒体篇章、现代社会篇章、旅游和交通篇章以及体育和娱乐篇章。你可以了解到年纪最大的人是一个活了122年164天的妇女,最长的胡须长达1.6米,最长的毒蛇有5.71米长。书中还有令人不可思议的记录,如一个英国人头顶重159.6公斤的小汽车长达33秒钟。

①Send sb in派人去处理某事

Soldiers were sent in to put down the riots。

Send sth in寄送某处进行处理

Have you sent in your application for the job?

② set sth. down 写下来

Why don’t you set your idea down on paper?

set sb. down 停车让人下车

The bus stopped to set down an old lady.

I’ll set you down at the corner of the street.

短语联想:set about sth./doing sth.做手某事/做某事=set out to do开始干

set off 出发 set aside 不理会;搁置;存储=put away

set foot in/on 踏上 set fire to sth./set sth on fire 防火烧掉…

set up 成立;建造 be set in 以…为背景

③ keep track of 记录;掌握…的线索;保持对…的联系

keep/ lose track of sb./ sth. = keep in/lose touch with 与…保持/失去接触

be on sb’s track/be on the track of sb. =be after sb.追踪某人

make tracks for…=go towards 走向

in one’s tracks =there and then当场,立刻

It’s hard to keep track of all one’s old school friends.

lose track of 失去的…线索;失掉对…的联系

lose track of time 说不准现在的确切时间

归纳拓展

keep off 远离,不接近,避开 keep away from sb 远离某人

keep out 使在外,勿入 keep back 阻止;扣留;忍住

keep a diary记日记

keep …in mind记住,想着 keep up保持,继续

keep up with 跟上(状态) catch up with 跟上(动作)

keep watch 守望,值班 keep one’s promise 信守诺言

keep house管家 keep sb from doing sth 阻止某人做某事

④ live to be 活到。不定式 to be 作结果状语

She lived to be 80. 她活到了八十岁。

类似结构:prove /turn out to be…证明是;结果是

⑤ balance n.

天平: Have you brought something to weigh the flesh? A balance?

平衡: keep/lose one’s balance keep the balance of nature

谐调,匀称:All the parts of the building are in perfect balance.

余额: I must check my bank balance.

v. 使……保持平衡: How long can you balance on one foot?

结算: balance an account / one’s books 结账

等价,抵消:This year’s profits will balance our previous losses.

There are many Chinese records,For example,Tian’anmen Square is the largest square in the world with an area of① about 40 hectares. China has a greatest number of hospitals in the world and Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea - it is 2,500 kilometres from the nearest coast.A special and delicious record was set in 1997 to celebrate Hong Kong’s return to China. The world’s largest jiaozi was made, weighing an incredible 480 kilogrammes! 书中也有一些中国记录,例如,天安门广场是世界上最大的广场,占地大约40公顷。中国的医院数量昌世界上最多的,乌鲁木齐是离海最远的城市,离最近的海岸2,500公里。在庆祝香港回归中国时创了一个特别的美味的记录,做了世界上最大的一个饺子,饺子重得惊人,为480公斤。

① with an area of…拥有…面积

Many of the records in the Guinness Book of World Records come from the world of sports. Among the brilliant athletic achievements, a few records stand out① because of the moving life stories behind them.The Guinness world record for the fastest average speed at the Tour de France was set in by the American cyclist Lance Armstrong. Impressive as② the record is, it fades③ next to④ the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease. In Armstrong ,the then No 1 cyclist in the world, was diagnosed⑤ with cancer and many thought that it meant the end of his cancer, maybe even his life. In , however, Armstrong returned to the world of racing.He went on to set the speed record and achieve his goal of winning the Tour de France six years in a row⑥ from 1999 to .许多在《吉尼斯世界记录大全》的记录来自世界体育。在许多杰出的体育成就中,一些记录尤为突出,因为记录的背后有感人的故事。吉尼斯世界记录,在环法自行车大赛平均最快的速度是由美国自行车运动员兰斯-阿姆斯特朗创下的,虽然这个记录令人难忘,但阿姆斯特朗与疾病抗争的故事比这更令人瞩目。在,阿姆斯特朗,世界排名第一的自行车运动员被确诊患有癌症,许多人认为这意味着他运动生涯的尽头。然而在阿姆斯特朗返回世界赛场。他继续创下了速度记录,实现了他连续6次获得环法自行车赛冠军的目标。

① stand out明显;醒目;突出;杰出 ; 坚持;支撑

to stand out a crisis挨过危机 Stand still ! 站住,不许动!

stand by 在场;靠近; 袖手旁观;(无线 电台或军事方面)待命,准备行动 ; 试图援助;极力支持;忠于;信守

to stand by one's promise 遵守诺言 stand for代表,表示;意指;象征;容忍;允许

stand up耐久;耐用; 成立;站起 stand up for 维护;拥护;支持

Will the charge stand up in court? 这个指控在法庭上能成立吗?

② Impressive as the record is = Though the record is impressive。

as conj.虽然,引导让步状语从句时,必须倒装表语名词(若为可数名词单数必须省去a/an)或形容词(或相当于形容词的分词)﹑副词状语或动词原形。此时用though 也可以,但though引导的从句可以倒装也可以不倒装。

Child as/though he is, he knows a lot.

Young as/though he is, he can do it well.

Much as /though I like the book, I won’t buy it.

Try as /though he may, he won’t succeed.他或许会尝试,但不会成功。

Much as I have traveled, I have never seen anyone who’s as capable as John.

Angry as he was, he listened to me patiently.他很恼火,却能耐心地听我说话。

The air was cold, bright as the sun was.虽然阳光灿烂,天气却很冷。

③ fade vt., vi. faded, fading

A. 枯萎,退色,失去光泽;

Cut flowers soon fade. 剪下来的花朵容易枯萎。

The colour in this silk material will not fade. 这种绸布料子不会褪色。

B. (声音等)变微弱;(光等)变暗淡;逐渐消失[(+away)]

The sound of the footsteps faded away. 脚步声渐渐消失了。

The memory of her sufferings in her childhood will never fade from her mind. 她永远不会忘却童年时代所受的痛苦。

The shapes faded (away) into the night. 这些形象在夜色中渐渐消失。

C.(电影或广播中画面和声音的)渐变

fade in(电影画面或广播声音)渐现,淡入,渐强

fade out(电影画面或广播声音)渐隐,淡出,渐弱

④ next to

1) 在……旁边: He lives next to me.

2) 跟在……之后:

Next to skiing her favorite sport was ice-hockey. 我最喜欢的运动是滑雪,其次是冰球。

3)几乎,近于(常用于否定词之前)

next to impossible 几乎不可能 next to last 倒数第二

⑤ diagnose vt.断定…的原因或性质。diagnose sb. with a disease 诊断某人患了某种疾病

be diagnosed. with a disease 被诊断患了某种疾病

The teacher diagnosed the pupils’ reading difficulties. 老师找出了学生在阅读上的原因。

His parents diagnosed his son’s absence from school. 他父母找出了儿子缺课的原因。

注:diagnose 的名词为diagnosis, 其复数为diagnoses,意为“诊断,诊断的结果,诊断书”。

⑥ in a row 连续, 一连串

in rows 成行, 成排

China’s women volleyball team won five champions in a row in the 1980s.

They planted the trees in rows.

Why are people so interested in world records? Part of the reason for our interest is probably the same curiosity that led Sir Hugh to write the Guinness Book of World Records in the first place①.We want to know what is possible and find out just how far we can push ourselves. Clearly,we are also entertained② by accounts③ of strange and unusual deeds and facts.Whether we are out to set a new record ourselves or simply enjoy reading about champions, the Guinness Book of World Records makes for④ interesting reading.为什么人们对世界记录这么感兴趣?我们感兴趣的部分原因也许是和使得Hugh先生率先写了《吉尼斯世界记录大全》一样的好奇心。我们想知道什么是可能的,我们能够推进多远。显而易见,一些奇妙的、不同寻常的行为和事实叙述使我们快乐。无论我们是亲自破记录,还是欣赏阅读有关别人的夺冠壮举,《吉尼斯世界记录大全》都算得上是一本有趣的书籍。

① in the first place首先, 第一点 in the last place最后

in the next place其次, 第二点 in place of 代替, 用...而不用…

in places 在某些地方, 有几处

in one’s place 处于某人的位置, 为某人设身处地想一想 (= in place of sb.代替某人,取代某人的位置)

make place for 为...腾出地方, 让位于

take one's place 就座, 入座; 占有 地位;代替某人; 接替某人的位置

take the place of 代替 take place发生, 举行

in place 在原处; 适合 out of place不适合

I won’t go shopping today. In the first place I am tired; in the next place I have so much work to do; in the last place, I have nothing to buy

② entertain 招待,款待

entertain friends at / to [BrE] dinner请朋友吃饭

entertain guests with refreshments以茶点招待客人

注意当“款待”时的用法=treat sb to sth./serve sb with

③ account n.

A.报导,(书面或口头)报告

an exciting account of the match对这次比赛激动人心的报导

The newspaper's account of the so-called reshuffle of the financial ministry was a complete fiction. 报纸对所谓的财政部人事改组的报导完全是捏造的。

B.考虑;顾及利益: He put his knowledge to good account. 他使知识发挥了效益。

C.账目: The accounts show we have spent more than we received. 账目表明我们

支出多于收入。

D.所欠账目: account payable应付账款

Your account is still unpaid. 你的帐还没付。

E.科目;账户: He put the money into his bank account. 他把钱存在他的银行账户上。

open /close an account开立/结束账户

G. vi., vt. 认为: I account myself well paid. 我自认为收入颇佳。

习惯用语

on account of因为;由于 She retired early on account of illness.

on no account=not on any account绝不;千万不要 On no account should the house be left unlocked.

on one's own account为了私利;责任自负(=at one’s own risk);独自(=by oneself)

on this/that account由于这个/那个缘故 Weather conditions were poor, but he did not delay his departure on that account.

of no/little account无足轻重 Emotional matters were of no account to them during the war.

on sb’s account为了某人的缘故 Please don’t change your plans on my account.

by/from all accounts据说,据报道 I have never been there, but it is a lovely place, by all accounts.

by your own account根据某人自己所说 By his won account he had an unhappy childhood.

take…into account (=consider) 把...考虑进去

account for 解释;说明:是……的原因;占;了解,查明;打败,消灭

How do you account for all the accidents in series? 你怎么解释这接二连三地发生的事故呢?

The poor weather may have accounted for the small crowd. Oh, well, that accounts for it.

The Japanese market accounts for 35%of the company’s revenue.

All passengers have now been accounted for.

Our anti-aircraft guns accounted for 5 enemy bombers.

④ make for 可造成;可成为;有好处,有助于=contribute to

The large print makes for easier reading大字排版使阅读轻松些。.

Does early rising make for good health? 早起有利于健康吗?

Cultural exchanges makes for mutual understanding. 文化交流有助于相互了解。

归纳拓展

make fun of取笑 make it规定时间;做到,办成

make out填写;理解;辨认出 make up弥补;补偿;组成;虚构;化装,打扮

make full use of充分利用

Anybody can try to set a record.There are,however,some records that the book does not accept.No records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting① it or to others are allowed.If you want to try to set a record,you should first contact the Guinness Book of World Records.The editors will decide if your idea is suitable② and then send you rules and the form you need to apply for③ the record. After wards,if all goes well,a Guinness official will come to inspect your attempt:If you are successful, the official will confirm the record and you will get a certificate from the Guinness Book of World Records stating that you are a world record holder! 任何人都能努力创记录。然而,有些记录这书不接受。任何对自己或他人有危险的记录都是不允许收入的,如果你想创记录,你应该首先与吉尼斯记录大全联系,编辑将判定你的想法是否合适,然后将你所需要申请记录的规则和表格寄给你。以后如果一切顺利的话,吉尼斯官员将来检验你有尝试。如果能成功,吉尼斯官员会证实你的记录,你会得到《吉尼斯世界记录大全》的证书,说明你是世界记录持有者

① attempt

vt. 试图;企图;试图做[+to-v][+v-ing]

They attempted to finish the task before July.

attempt a difficult task试图完成一项艰难的任务

attempt to carry out a plan试图执行某一计划

A man is being questioned in relation to the attempted murder last night. (一个涉嫌参与昨天夜里谋杀的人正在接受审讯.)

n. 试图,企图:

make an attempt to do / at/on doing sth 试图做某事

He made an attempt on the world record.

Her attempt at poetry was a failure.

The two superpowers both collude and struggle with each other in a vain attempt to redivide the world.

Mary has been preparing carefully for the English examination, so that she can be sure of passing it at her first attempt. (…以便于第一次尝试就能通过)

② suitable adj. 合适,适宜的

归纳拓展

suit vt. 适合(指颜色、花样或款式的适合)

fit vt.适合(指大小、尺寸适合某人)

match vt.相配(指物体间大小、色调、形状、性质方面的搭配),是-----的对手

suited adj. 适合的

be suitable for/ to = be fit for = be suited to/ for适合于……,适宜于……

③ apply

vi. apply( to sb.) for sth.(向某人)申请某物 apply to do sth. 申请干某事

You should apply immediately, in person or by letter.

Apply to the publishers for permission to reprint an extract

Apply for a job/post/passport/visa

I want to apply for the job.我想申请这项工作

vt. apply sth to sth应用;运用

The results of the research can be applied to new developments in technology.

apply to sb/sth 适用 I have said applies only to some of you.

apply oneself/ sth. to sth./doing sth.=devote oneself to sth./doing sth. 专心从事/埋头于…

You will only pass your exams if you really apply yourself to your work.

We must apply our minds to finding a solution. 动脑筋------

注意:application n. 申请,请求,n. 申请书

applicant n. 申请人 applicable adj.使用的,合适的

The Fourth Period: Language Study

Step1 Word study

2 Complete the following passage with the words or phrases from the box, using their proper form.

announce apply for athletic certificate confirm fade

inspect opportunity suitable in the first place

July 13, saw a very bright night in Beijing that will never(1) fade from memory.That night thousands of enthusiastic people celebrated Winning the bid① for the 29th Olympic Games in .

In order to (2) apply for the 2008 Olympic Games, the Chinese people and the government have done all they could to show that Beijing is (3) suitable to host the world’s largest (4) athletic event over the past two decades. Many of the members of the International Olympic Committee (IOC) have visited Beijing to (5) inspect China’s progress in preparing for the Olympic Games. They were fascinated② to see enthusiastic people everywhere,even in the small hutongs in the city.

When IOC President Juan Antonio Samaranch (6) announced that Beijing would host the 2008 Olympic Games, all Chinese watching him on TV burst③ into cheers: ”We have won !”Afterwards, the Chinese delegation was given a (7) certificate by the IOC in Moscow which (8) confirmed the decision.

It was not only a great honour for Beijing but also a historical achievement for the whole nation. The reason why④ the Chinese people and the government want the Olympic Games (9) in the first place is to show that the country is able to host such an important event, to welcome foreigners to get a better understanding of China and to create new business (10) opportunities. We all hope that the 2008 Olympic Games will be the best ever and that the athletes and visitors will enjoy China and Beijing.

① vt., vi. bade 或 bid, bidden 或 bid, bidding

致意(问候或道别)

The little girl bid her granny good morning as she gets up in the morning. 小孙女一早起来就向外祖母道早安。

吩咐(某人做某事): Do as you are bidden. 按吩咐你的去做。

出价;投标: He bid for an old book. 他为一本旧书出价5美元。

(打牌时)叫牌: I bid 2 spades. 我叫两个黑桃。

n. 出价

Park wants to sell his farm, and he has already had two large bids for it. 帕克想卖掉他的农场,并且已经有两个出大价的买主。

投标;招标: Bids for building the bridge were invited. 应邀参加建造那座桥梁的投标。

叫牌的机会

② fascinate vt. 迷住, 深深吸引

归纳拓展 adj. fascinating 迷人的

adj. fascinated 感到迷人的

③ burst into sth 突然而猛烈地发出或产生出某事物

归纳拓展 burst into tears = burst out crying 突然大哭

burst into laughter = burst out laughing 突然大笑

burst vt., vi. burst, bursting爆炸;胀裂; 突然而起;闯入; 充满;满盈

She burst through the door. 她突然闯进门。

I am bursting with joy. 我高兴得不得了。

burst out迸发;突然发作;突然…起来;

They burst out laughing. 他们突然大笑起来。

burst into the house = break into the house

n. 突发;猝起: a burst of laughter突发的笑声

④ The reason why…is that…. 这是一个常用句式,表示“…的原因是…”,如:

The reason why he came late was that he was caught in the heavy rain.

STEP2 GRAMMAR

Review the Subject

英语中除了名词、代词可以充当主语之外,还有以下几种情况:

(1) the + adj.

(2) to do sth

(3) doing sth

(4) the subject clause

(5) it 作形式主语,而由不定式或从句充当真正的主语放在句尾。

The wounded need treatment.

To win the game is our wish.

Taking exercise early in the morning has become part of her life.

Whether Jim will pass the interview depends on his confidence in himself.

It worried her a bit whether he will come or not.

The Fifth Period: Integrating skills

Step 1 Warming up

Last period, we learnt something about the Guinness Book of World records.

1. Who won the Tour de France six years in a row from 1999-2004? (Lance Armstrong)

This record is from the world of sports.

2. Do you like sports?

3. What kind of sports do you like?

4. What sports are up-to-date at present? (Surfing, rafting, rock climbing, bungee jumping…)

5. What do these sports have in common? (All of them are exciting. They need not only courage but also skills. )

6. Who are more interested in these sports? (Young people are more interested in these sports.)

7. Have you ever taken part in these kinds of sports?

So you are out-of-date! Although these sports are very popular in foreign countries, many Chinese teenagers have already been experienced! So they are experienced!

Today we’ll learn a passage about them called “Are you experienced?”

Step 2 Integrating skills

Read the text and answer the following questions:

1. On weekends what do Lin Yong and his friends usually do after finishing their homework?

(They will go to the park to do skateboarding.)

2. When and how did they come up with the idea to build the ramp?

(Three years ago after watching a skateboarding competition on TV.)

3. What is their skateboarding club called? (Fun On Wheels.)

4. What are the hearts and minds of people to experience these sports?

(To try something new; to do something that you didn’t think you could do and overcome your fears.)

5. What is the difference between extreme sports and regular sports?

Extreme sports don’t have clear rules for winning or losing. The goal is often to have fun and enjoy the excitement of trying something new, dangerous and difficult; to defeat the other team or set a new record.

6. Is the sport too dangerous in their opinion?

(No, they don’t think so. Because they all wear helmets and other equipment to protect themselves. They don’t let anyone try a dangerous trick unless they are sure that they are skilled enough to perform it safely.)

7. What do “360” and “hang ten” mean?

360-jump high in the air and make a circle

Hang ten-jump high in the air with none of the fingers but toes touching the board.

Step3 Language points

1. a dozen of + 特指名词或人称代词复数宾格

a dozen +泛指名词

a dozen eggs a dozen of those apples a dozen of them

二十四 two dozen 三十六three dozen

eg: I’ve bought a dozen pencils for my son.

I want four dozen eggs.

dozens of 许多

by the dozen 按打,以打计算 in dozens 成打地

2. head down to = head for向……进发,动身

head 前往;朝向

eg: When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.

Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.

3. skillful: adj. 有技巧的;熟练的

搭配:be skillful /skilled with sth. = be skillful / skilled in / at doing sth.

eg. He is very skillful with the teaching job. = He is very skillful in / at teaching.

The young man is a skillful worker.

4. permission n. 许可,准许,同意 permit n.通行证,许可证;vt.许可,容许(+doing / sb. to do sth.)

ask for permission请求许可

with one’s permission经某人的许可

without permission未经许可

eg. You can’t enter my room without my permission.

He can only go out to play with his mother’s permission.

5. familiar adj.熟悉的,通晓的,随便的,非正式的

French was as familiar to him as English.他通晓法语就像通晓英语一样。

I’m very familiar with your name.我很熟悉你的名字。

sth./sb.be familiar to sb.某物/某人为某人所熟悉;

sb.be familiar with sth./sb.某人熟悉某人/某物

6. center on/ upon / around集中/居中; 把某人/物当作重点

eg: Their talks always center around politics. 他们的谈话总是围绕着政治。

The topic of the meeting centered on the development of China’s football in the following ten years.

concentrate on /upon 专注于

eg: 走钢丝时,你要集中精力于身体在空中的移动方式。

When walking on a high wire, you should concentrate on the way your body moves in the air.

补充同义短语:

1).concentrate / focus /fix one’s attention / efforts / thoughts / energy on/ upon sth.

2).be absorbed in sth.专心于

7. delight n.

1). 欣喜,愉快[U]

To our delight, our football team won.令我们高兴的是,我们的足球队赢了。

She ran back home with delight.她兴高采烈地跑回家。

2). 乐事,乐趣[C]

He enjoyed the delights of New York's night life.他喜欢纽约夜生活的乐趣。

vt. 使高兴;使愉快

The clown delighted the audience.小丑逗乐了观众

delighted adj.高兴的,快乐的

I'm delighted that you are back.你回来了,我很高兴。

We were delighted to read your novel.我们很高兴拜读你的小说。

相关短语:be delighted at 因……而高兴;

be delighted by/with sth.(sb.)喜欢某物(人);

be delighted to do因做……而高兴;

be delighted that...很高兴……

to one’s delight 令某人高兴的是-----

take delight in sth/ doing sth以-----为乐= delight to do sth. / delight in doing sth.

The old man delighted in doing little things for others.

He takes great delight in teaching his students.

本单元有用的短语

1. 一本畅销书a best-seller 2. 做出结论draw a conclusion

3. 追寻踪迹 keep track of 4. 突出,引人注目 stand out

5. 被诊断患有be diagnosed with 6. 考虑进去,纳入考虑的范围 take into account

7. 三峡 the Tree Gorges 8. 创立纪录set a record

9. 连续的 in a row 10. 确认纪录 confirm the record保护

11.公园管理部门the park administration 12. 极限运动extreme sports

13.集中,专心致志于concentrate on 14. 青少年滑板爱好者 teenage skateboarder

15.抓住人们的心理capture people’s minds and hearts

16. 对…很熟悉 be familiar with sb. / sth. 17. 为某人所熟悉be familiar to sb.

18. 突然欢呼 burst into cheers/ burst out cheering 19. 寄送某处进行处理 send in

20. 尝试做attempt doing/ to do 21. 让某人高兴的是 to one’s delight

22. 对….小心谨慎 be cautious with 23. 写下 set down

24. 被分类be put into categories 25. be fascinated by 被…迷住

26. be fascinated with迷上 27.首先;第一 in the first place

28. 把某人(某事物)当作中心或重点center on / upon 29. 申请 apply for

30.向-----前进head down to = head for

高三课件 篇3

Reading comprehension:

Check the answers to the reading comprehension questions.

Paraphrases:

He was going the listen to a lecture,…

He was on his way to a lecture,… (page 91, paragraph 1, line 2)

Aksed him to tell him how to get to a place in the city.

Asked him for directions (page 91, paragraph 1, line 2)

Show the tourist around a place.

Show the tourist around (page 91, paragraph 1, line 4)

He was naturally very good at …

He as a gift for … (page 91, paragraph 1, line 6)

A part-time job which results in a full-time job, or interesting developments

A part-time job leading to greater things (page 91, paragraph 3, line 1)

Providing; on condition that

So long as (page 91, paragraph 3, line 2)

You can buy anything that you need if you have enough money.

You can buy whatever you need if you have enough money. (page 91, paragraph 3, line 3)

Learn how many hours’ work we have to do before buying something.

Learn how many hours’ work has to be done before we can buy something. (page 91, paragraph 3, line 5)

You have to learn when you should ask for help and when you should ask for information.

You have to learn when to ask for help and when to ask for information. (page 91, paragraph 4, line 4)

They regard highly someone who has an active way of life and is eager to learn.

They value someone who leads a active life and is anxious to learn. (page 92, paragraph 1, line 1)

Language points

Part-time jobs:

part-time teacher

part-time engineer

take a part-time job 打零工

Mr. Cook teaches part time in our school.

He was on his way to a lecture, when a tourist stopped him and asked him for directions.

ask for bread and be given a stone

求怜悯却遇到铁石心肠

ask for comment征求意见

ask for information 打听消息

ask for instruction 请示

ask for it 讨苦吃

ask for leave 请假

ask for trouble自找麻烦

They got on so well that Fred decided not to go to the lecture but to show the tourist around the university instead.

not…but…连接两个并列的成分

The plan caused not prosperity but ruin.

这个计划带来的不是繁荣而是毁灭。

no one but (except) me 除我以外没别人

all but 几乎

The job is all but finished! 这工作差不多完成了!

用作加强语气:

Get out of here but fast!立刻从这里滚出去!

They spent a full and very enjoyable morning together, and Fred discovered that he had a gift for making a visit interesting and lively.

She has a gift for music.

I have no gift for painting.

Mother has a gift for making guests feel at home.

He was a man of excellent gifts.

一词多义:full adj.

1(与of连用)满的;充满的;装满的

a full train

The cup is full - it is full of milk.

Her eyes were full of tears.

That political statesman is full of ambition.

2 吃饱的;过饱的

I'm full (up).

3 完全的;最高度的

full speed

the full truth of the matter

They knew full well that he would certainly break his promise.

4 拥有全部权利的

Only full members are allowed to vote.

5 专心的

full of her own troubles

6 充实的

spend a full and enjoyable day

7(与of连用)充满…感情的

full of excitement

8 圆鼓鼓的;丰满的:

a full figure.

9 同父母生的:

full brothers/sisters.

It is a good idea to start a part-time job so long as it does not affect your studies.

I’ll lend it to you as long as you handle it with care.

You can stay as long as you like.

She lived abroad as long as five years.

区别:as long as与as far as

The research on this subject has been done as long as ten years.

The children walked as far as the lake.

as far as 就……而言

as far as I know 据我所知

as far as I’m concerned 就我个人而言

You will find that people will help you if you are ready to help them.

He is always ready enough to help us.

He was ready to believe her.

be ready to die for the country

在理解或反应上迅速的:

a ready intelligence

a ready response

ready wit

available 现成可使用的:

ready money.

She is too ready with excuses.

她总是有借口。

He gave a ready answer to my question.

他对答如流。

They value someone who leads an active life and is anxious to learn.

You should value the advice of your teacher.

Don’t you see how they value your opinion?

We’d better value the friendship between us.

估价;定价

He valued the ring at .

You should learn the value of money, …

Most parents know the value of good education.

Your ideas have little value.

Your idea is of little value.

A newspaper might employ you if you have worked on a student magazine at university or at school.

to serve on a committee

a job on a newspaper

a nurse on the hospital staff.

Which side was he on in the game?

Lesson 62 LETTERS

Reading comprehension:

Check the answers to the reading comprehension questions.

Paraphrases:

I only work in the evenings.

I only work evenings. (page 93, letter 1, paragraph 2, line 2)

Occasionally, I notice that …

From time to time, I notice that… (page 93, letter 1, paragraph 2, line 3)

hides a piece of meat down inside the legs of his trousers.

puts a piece of meat down his trousers (page 93, letter 1, paragraph 2, line 3)

I think I’m in a difficult situation.

I think I’m in a difficult position. (page 93, letter 1, paragraph 3, line 1)

It would have been a good idea if I had told that workmate.

I should have told that workmate. (page 93, letter 1, paragraph 3, line 1)

What’s more, this man is a clever thief.

Besides, this man is a clever thief. (page 93, letter 2, paragraph 1, line 2)

The other staff may not trust you from then on.

The other people in the workplace may not trust you in future. (page 93, letter 2, paragraph 2, line 2)

They will think you tell the manager whatever you see and hear (like a spy).

They will think that you are the eyes and ears of the manager. (page 93, letter 2, paragraph 2, line 2)

You cannot lose/your situation cannot get worse.

You have nothing to lose. (page 93, letter 2, paragraph 3, line 2)

write to me and ask

write to me asking (page 94, letter 1, paragraph 1, line 1)

Possibly, the thief might put some meat in your bag and hope you will be caught and called a thief.

It is quite possible that the thief might put some meat in your bag, hoping you will be caught and called a thief. (page 93, letter 2, paragraph 4, line 1)

I am both surprised and annoyed that you haven’t done so already.

I’m rather surprised you haven’t done so already. (page 94, letter 1, paragraph 1, line 3)

It would have been correct for you to do this.

You should have done this. (page 94, letter 1, paragraph 1, line 4)

the correct things which must be done

the correct things to do (page 94, letter 1, paragraph 2, line 1)

Everyone in a work unit has the responsibility to report…

It is the duty of everyone in a work unit to report… (page 94, letter 1, paragraph 2, line 1)

Language points

It’s a part-time job, so I work only evenings.

I’ve got to work evenings.

I’m always at home evenings.

I work mornings/evenings/nights/Sundays.

Maybe I should have told that workmate I knew what he was doing.

I should have phoned Jack this morning, but I forgot.

He should have come before 2:30. It’s 3 o’clock now. We have to start.

It is quite possible that the thief might put some meat in your bag, hoping you will be caught and called a thief.

I telephoned him instead of writing a letter, hoping I would get n immediate answer.

The children reviewed their lessons in the classroom, reading, writing or listening to the tape.

The manager sat in his office, thinking how to stop stealing.

Putting on warm coat, they rushed out of the door.

Taking a taxi, we hurried to the airport.

There is no doubt about the correct thing to do.

There is no doubt about it.

There is no doubt about his advice.

There is little/not much doubt about what he said.

There is no doubt as to the truth of the story.

There can be no doubt as to their honesty.

There is no doubt that he is a thief.

There is little doubt that our team will win.

doubt v. 怀疑

I doubt the truth of the report.

I don’t doubt what he said.

I doubt whether/if he will come.

The manager might say you were the thief and call in the police.

Call the doctor in.

Call in a specialist.

The best thing you should do now I look for another job and hope that it will turn out better.

The party turned out a great success.

He turned out to be the best player on the team.

The cake turned out beautifully.

高三课件 篇4

一、单元考点提示

1.单词

by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of

2.句型

You’d better(not)… Let’s …

You need to… What/How about…?

(I think)you should/ought to…

Shall we…?

I suggest(that)you…

Why not…? Why don’t you…?

I will…

I have decided to /that…

I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…

I insist on /that…

3.语法

复习句子成分--宾语

复习句子成份--宾语补足语

二、考点精析与拓展

1.settle vt.定居,解决(事端,矛盾等)安排,决定

We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.

星期三晚上我们安排了一次聚会。

This medicine should settle your nerves.

这种药会使你镇静下来。

They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.

他们用一种友好的方法解决了争端。

2.make up 创造,编造,弥补,化妆,构成,占有

John made up that joke about the talking dog.

约翰编了一个会讲话的狗的笑话。

The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.

这个国家的大学生的数量仅占人口的百分之一。

I have to make up the test I missed last week.

我上周没考试,我必须补考。

John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.

约翰和汤姆吵架了,但一会儿就和好了。

由make构成的其他短语:

make sense有意义 make faces/a face做鬼脸

be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……

make it成功,达到目的 make out理解;勉强分辨出

make up one’s mind下定决心

3.keep…alive使……继续有效存在/进行

We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.

我们必须把好的革命传统流传下去。

How can we keep the fish alive?我们如何使鱼活首?

拓展:keep+宾语+宾补(v.-ing/v. –ed/adj. / adv. / prep. phr)

I’m sorry for keeping you waiting all the afternoon.

很抱歉让你等了一下午。

Keeping the door and windows closed all the time is not good for your health.

总是关着门窗对健康不利。

用keep构成的常用短语:

keep an eye on 留神照看 keep body and soul together勉强生活

keep in touch with与……保持联系

keep time/regular hours守时(有规律)

4.be of +adj. +抽象名词表性质、特征,其作用相当于be + adj.

常用抽象名词:use, value, interest, importance, education, quality等

This book is of no use( / useless).

这本书没多大用处。

The young man is of good education( / well educated).

这位青年人受过良好的教育。

Customers don’t show any interest in goods that are of poor quality.

这位顾客对劣质的商品不感兴趣。

对比:be + of +具体名词 表类属,常用名词:size, colour, age, shape等。

The two children are of an age / the same age.(= This child is as old as that one.)

这两个孩子同岁。

All of these rooms are of a size.

所有的这些房子一样大。

5.be related(to)和……有联系,和……有关

The Dutch language is closely related to German.

荷兰语和德语密切相关。

They are related to me by marriage.

靠婚姻关系他们和我有了联系。

拓展:n. relation

(1)[u]关系,联系(有时可加不定冠词)

Doctors think there is a relation between smoking and lung cancer.

医生们认为肺癌与吸烟有关。

(2)(复数)(人与人或国家与国家之间的相互)关系

I have had business relations with h im. 我和他已有业务联系。

(3)[c]亲戚,表示特别亲密的、友好的关系(relative亲戚,单纯的亲戚关系;在法律上通用。在一般情况下多用relative)

My immediate relations are my parents.我的直系亲属是父母。

6.out of work失业

He was been out of work for over three months.

他已失业三个月了。

In recent years there has been an increase in the number of people out of work in that country.

近几年那个国家的失业人数在增长。

拓展:be out of work = lose one’s work失业be in work在业,有工作

7.apart from(= besides/in addition to)除……之外(表示加上,否定句中与except通用)

The children hardly see anyone apart from their parents.

除父母外,孩子们几乎看不到其他任何人。

Apart from them, I had no one to talk to.

除了他们,没有人和我谈话。

Apart from the price, the hat doesn’t suit me.

除了价格,这项帽子也不适合我戴。

对比:

except:将一个或几个人或物从同一类或普通的种类中除外(表示减法),其后可接名词、代词、副词、介词短语、不定式(短语)或wh-从句。

except for:说明整个基本情况后,对细节加以纠正,其后一般接名词。

except that:用来表示理由后细节,修正前面所说的情况,其后须接从句,可以与except for互换。

except when:除了……的时候

Everybody except John was able to answer it.

除约翰外每个人都能回答。

Your composition is very good except for a few spelling mistakes.

( = Your composition is very good except that there are a few spelling mistakes.)

你的作文很好,只是有几处拼写错误。

I know nothing about him except that he comes from Africa.

除了他来自非洲之外我对他一无所知。

He goes to work every day except when he is ill.

除了生命以外他每天都去上班。

8.由way构成的短语

way of life生活方式 all the way一路上,自始至终

any way无论如何

by the way 顺便说 bay way of 通过……经由

ways and means办法

get in one’s way 妨碍 in a (one)way在某种程度上

in no way决不

lose one’s way迷路 way through 克服困难的途径

under way在进行中

way out出路 ways out of (摆脱困境等)的方法

on one’s way to在去……的途中

feel one’s way摸黑走,谨慎行事 make one’s own way取得成功,发迹

e.g. Tom will get used to the way of life in the U.S.A. soon.

汤姆很快就会习惯美国的生活方式的。

9.key figure关键人物

figure 指有影响力的人物。key原意为钥匙,在此词组中作定语,可译作“关键的”。

figure 的复数形式是figures.

Public figures there welcomed the statement.

那里的公众人物们都欢迎这个声明。

He became one of the leading figures in the country.

他成为这个国家的领导人之一。

10.govern统治、管理,控制,左右,影响

He was unable to govern his temper.

他控制不住自己的脾气。

Don’t be governed by what other people say.

不要被别人的话所左右。

The rise and fall of the sea is governed by the movements of the moon.

海水的潮起潮落是受月球运动的影响。

11.on / upon(one’s )n./v.-ing一……就……

On his return to the lab, he set to work.

他一回到实验室,就开始工作。

On arriving in Paris, he was put into prison.

他一到巴黎就被捕入狱。

The students stood up on the entrance of the headmaster.

校长进来时,学生们都起立。

12.play an important role in 在……方面起重要作用

Such strikes have played an important role in the development of the trade union movement.

此类罢工事件在工会运动的发展中起了重要的作用。

For twenty years, Gandhi played an important role in working for equal right for Indians.

二十年里,甘地在为印度人争取平等的权利的工作中起重要的作用。

同义词组:play a part in…/play an important part in…

(1)v.目的是,打算给……用

The laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.

制定这些法律的目的在于使非白人的生活变得困难。

The room was designed for children.

这个房间打算给孩子们用。

The road was not designed for heavy trucks.

这条马路不是为重型卡车设计的。

(2) n.图案设计

The building is poor in design.这幢楼设计很差。

14.in prison([u])监禁之中,prison 前不加冠词,表示被监禁的状态

He has been in prison for three years.

他已坐牢三年了。

Law-breakers are put in prison.

犯法者被关进监狱。

对比:go to prison坐牢 break(out of )prison越狱

cast…into prison(put…in/into prison)把……关进牢里(表动作)

类似短语:in school/go to school 求学 in hospital/go to hospital住院/去看病

15.march v./n. 游行示威,行进,行军

She was very angry and marched out. 她很生气,大步从屋里走了出去。

The soldiers marched on after a short rest.

短暂的休息之后,战士们继续前进。

短语:a hunger march反饥饿游行 a forced march强行军

on the march在行进中 a long and difficult march一次长距离的艰难行军

steal a march on/ upon(口语)偷袭(尤指以不正当手段)

e.g. The two firms are trying hard to steal a march on the other.

这两家公司正努力试图比对方抢先一着。

16.be honoured as… 作为……而受到尊敬

He was honoured as a teacher.

他作为老师而受到人们的尊敬。

Gandhi returned to India in 1915 and was honoured as a hero.

19甘地回到印度,并且被尊为英雄。

拓展:v./ n honour-dishonour adj. Honourable-dishonourable(反义词)

常用短语:show honour to 向某人表示敬意

a sense of honour廉耻心

an honoured guest贵宾

do honour to向……表示敬意,带来荣誉

on/upon one’s honour以名誉担保

pay/give honour to向……致敬

honour system无监视的考试制度

in honour of…纪念……

with honour光荣地

for the honour of 为顾全……的荣誉

17.oppose v.(反义词:support)反对,反抗

People there opposed their government.

那里的人们反对政府。

I oppose this plan because I think it is impractical.

我反对这项计划,因为我认为它不切实际。

同义词组:be opposed to / object to /be against

His father is very much opposed to her going abroad.他父亲强烈反对她出国。

He objected to working on Sundays.

他反对星期日工作。

We are for peace and against war.

我们赞成和平,反对战争。

另:opposition n.(位置)面对,反对

the house in opposition to each other面对面的房子

find oneself in opposition to sb. on a question

发现自己在某问题上与某人意见相反。

18.possess v.拥有(东西,特性)

They asked him whether it is true that he had possessed two cars.

他们问他是否真的拥有两辆小汽车。

He never possessed much money, but he is possessed of good health.

他从没有过很多钱,但他总是很健康。

同义词(组):own/belong to/have/be possessed of

e.g. He owns a very good dictionary. = A very good dictionary belongs to him.

19.as follows 如下

He received a letter which read as follows.

他收到一封信,信文如下。

The game rules are as follows.

比赛的规划如下所述。

His arguments are as follows.他的论点如下。

20.value vt.珍视,重视

I value his advice on how to study English well.

我很珍视他的关于如何学好英语的建议。

The may or valued public opinions.

市长很重视公众的意见。

Gandhi valued ordinary people.

甘地很重视普通人。

三、精典名题导解

题1 (上海春招)

Mr . Reed made up his mind to devote all he had to some schools for poor children.

A. set up B. setting up C. have set up D. having set up

分析:B。此题考的是短语搭配:devote…to(doing)sth.

题2 (NMET 北京)

Tow middle-aged passengers fell into dead sda. , neither of them could swim.

A. In fact B. Luckily C. Unfortunately D. Naturally

分析:C。从所给情景可以判断,她们都不会游泳,要填unfortunately.

题3 (NMET 2001)

It is generally believed that teaching is it is a science.

A. an art much as B. much an art as

C. as an art much as D. as much an art as

分析:D。在as(so)…as…中,第一个as是adv.,后接adj,第二个as后接句子。句意为“人们普遍相信,教学是一门科学,同样是一门艺术”。

题4 (NMET 春招)

-It’s good idea. But who’s going to the plan?

-I think Tom and Grey will.

A. set aside B. carry out C. take in D. get through

分析:B。此题考查的是短语动词的含义。A的意思是“搁置”;B的意思是“实施、实现或执行”;C的意思是“吸收”;D的意思是“通过或完成”。

题5 The mother didn’t know was to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.

A. who B. when C. how D. what

分析:A。根据句意,空白处应填指人的who, who与to blame构成逻辑上的“动宾”关系。全句意为:由于打破玻璃(杯)的事是母亲不在家时发生的,所以她(母亲)不知道该责备谁打破了破璃(杯)。

题6 (NMET 北京)

The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .

A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over

分析:A。make it out发现真相,因为受到迷惑,所以试图发现真相。

题7 (NMET 2002)

The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.

A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take

分析:D。take拿走,句意为:乘客下车时要把东西带走。

题8 (NMET 2001 北京)

-Why haven’t you bought any butter?

-I to but I forgot about it.

A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected

分析:C。从提供的情景分析,是打算买而没买,应用meant。

题9 (NMET 2001 北京)

Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.

A. leave B. save C. hold D. get

分析:B。save此为“储存,积攒”之意。

高三课件 篇5

为爱牺牲(1)。

一元八角七分。全都在这儿了。其中六角是一分一分的铜板。这些一分分的钱是从杂货店老板、菜贩子和肉店老板那儿软硬兼施地一分两分地扣下来的,直弄得自己羞愧难当。德拉反复数了三次,还是一元八角七分,而第二天就是圣诞节了。德拉哭泣着。

他们住在一套带家具的公寓里,每周房租八美元。这是一个破烂不堪的地方。楼下的门道里有个信箱,可从来没有装过信。还有一个电铃,也从来没有响过,紧挨着它有一张名片,上写着“詹姆斯.迪林厄姆.杨先生”。

德拉哭完之后,往面颊上抹了抹粉。她站在窗前,痴痴地看着灰蒙蒙的后院里一只灰白色的猫正行走在灰白色的篱笆上。明天就是圣诞节,她只有一元八角七分给吉姆买一份礼物。她花去好几个月的时间,尽了最大的努力一分一分地积攒下来,才得到这样一个结果。一周二十美元实在经不起花。支出远远大于预算,总是如此。只有一元八角七分给吉姆买礼物,她的吉姆啊。她花费了多少幸福的时日筹划着要送他一件可心的礼物,一件精致、珍奇的礼物--至少应有点儿配得上吉姆所拥有的声誉才成啊。

现在,詹姆斯.迪林厄姆.杨夫妇俩有两件特别引以自豪的东西。一件是吉姆的金表,是他祖父传给父亲,父亲又传给他的传家宝;另一件则是德拉的秀发。

突然,德拉走到镜子前面。她两眼晶莹透亮,但二十秒钟之类她的脸上失去了光彩。她迅速地拆散头发,使之完全披散开来。此时此刻,德拉的秀发泼散在她的肩膀周围,微波起伏,闪耀光芒,有如那褐色的瀑布。她的美发长及膝下,仿佛是她的一件长袍。接着,她又赶紧把头发梳好。踌躇了一分钟,她一动不动地立在那里,破旧的红地毯溅落了一两滴眼泪。

她穿上那件褐色的旧外衣,带上褐色的旧帽子,跑出房门,下楼来到街上。她看了几家理发店,最后在一块招牌前停下来,上写着:“索弗罗尼夫人,专营各式头发。“德拉奔上楼梯。

“你要买我的头发吗?”德拉问。“我买头发,”夫人说。“摘掉帽子,让我看看头发。”那褐色的瀑布泼撒了下来。“二十美元,”夫人一边说,一边内行似的抓起头发。“快给我钱,”德拉说。接下来的两个小时,她彻底搜寻各家店铺,为吉姆买礼物。

她终于找到了。那准是专为吉姆特制的,决非为别人。在其他各家商店你,哪儿也没有这样的东西,她把里面的东西都拿了出来。那是一条金表链,而且它正配得上那只金表。她一见这条表链,就知道一定属于吉姆所有。它对吉姆来说太合适了。她花去二十一美元买下了,匆匆赶回家,只剩下八角七分钱。金表很匹配这条链子,无论在任何场合,吉姆都可以毫无愧色地看时间了。

德拉回家之后,立即着手修补她的头发。不出四十分钟,她的头上布满了紧贴头皮的一绺绺小卷发,使她看上去活像个小女学生。她在镜子前照了很长时间。“假如吉姆看我一眼不把我宰掉的话,”她自言自语,“他一定会说我像个科尼岛上合唱队的卖唱姑娘。但是我能怎么办呢--唉!只有一元八角七分,我能干什么呢?”

为爱牺牲(2)。

七点钟,她煮好咖啡,把煎锅置于热炉上,随时都可做晚餐。吉姆一贯准时回家。德拉将表链对叠握在手心,坐在离门最近的桌子角上。当她听见下面楼梯上响起了他的脚步声,她的脸上失去了片刻的血色。她习惯于为了最简单的日常事物而默默祈祷,此刻,她悄声道:“求求上帝,让他觉得我还是漂亮的吧。”

门开了,吉姆走进来并随手关上了门。他显得瘦削而又非常严肃。可怜的人儿,他才二十二岁,就挑起了家庭重担!他需要买件新大衣,连手套也没有呀。

吉姆站在屋里的门口边,两眼固定在德拉身上,其表情使她无法理解,令她毛骨悚然。既不是愤怒,也不是惊讶,又不是不满,更不是嫌恶,根本不是她所预料的任何一种神情。他仅仅是面带这种神情死死的盯着德拉。

德拉起身,向他走过去。“吉姆,亲爱的,”她喊道,“别那样盯着我。我把头发剪掉卖了,因为不送你一件礼物,我无法过圣诞节。头发会再长起来--你不会介意,是吗?我非这么做不可。我的头发长得快极了。说‘圣诞快乐’吧!吉姆,让我们快快乐乐的。你肯定猜不着我给你买了一件多么好的--多么美丽、精致的礼物啊!”

“你已经把头发剪掉了?”吉姆问道。“剪掉卖了,”德拉说。“不管怎么说,你不也同样喜欢我吗?没了头发,我还是我嘛,对吗?”吉姆四下望望这房间。“你说你的头发没有了吗?”他问道。“别找了,”德拉说“告诉你,我已经卖了--卖掉了,没有啦。这是圣诞前夜,好人儿。好好待我,这完全是由于对你的爱呀。我可以摆晚餐了吗,吉姆?”

吉姆好像醒了。他把德拉紧紧搂在怀里。吉姆从大衣口袋里掏出一个小包,扔在桌上。“别对我产生误会,德拉”他说道,“无论剪发还是修面,我都以为世上没有什么东西能减少一点点我对妻子的爱情。如果我剃掉胡须,你会停止对我的爱吗?不会,但是你只消打开那包东西,就会明白刚才为什么使我愣头愣脑了。”

吉姆非但不按她的吩咐行事,反而倒在睡椅上,两手枕在头下,微微发笑。“德拉,’他说,“让我们把圣诞礼物放在一边保存一会儿吧。它们实在太好了,目前尚不宜用。我卖掉金表,换钱为你买了发梳。现在,让我们忘掉这件事,吃晚饭,好吗?”

高三课件 篇6

I. Brief Statements Based on the Unit

The activities of this unit, including Warming-up, Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing, center on the subject-news and the media, which are connected with our life closely. It provides the students an opportunity to learn the language in using it.

By talking about news and the media, the students get more knowledge about them-not only know about the important parts they play in learning about the world, but also the ways they are written and made. The students must be very interested in this subject. This way, they can learn the language points easily and freely. They will not only learn some useful words and phrases about news and the media, but also learn to express opinions.

Besides, the study of the Grammar-the Past Participle can help the students use the language more exactly. By finishing each task provided in the textbook and the workbook, the students' skills to use language can be well developed.

Ⅱ. Teaching Goals

1. Talk about news and the media.

2. Practise expressing opinions.

3. Learn about the Past Participle (1): used as Attribute and Predicative.

4. Write a comparison paragraph.

Ⅲ. Teaching Time: Four periods

IV. Background Information

1. RADIO

In ancient times the only way that men could send messages from village to village was on foot. When men learned to use the horse, communication became much quicker. However, compared to the modern world communication was still quite slow. Many parts of the world had no knowledge of events in other places. Later, the post was introduced and horse riders carried letters. This meant that communication was further improved. Horses drawn coaches could move people from town to town in quite a comfortable way. At the beginning of the last century the steam train was invented and for the first time really fast communication became possible. Not only could letters be sent easily from one part of a country to another, but travel was made easy, too. At about the same time, steam ships helped communication between countries.

The invention of the telegraph in the middle of the last century further increased the speed at which messages could be sent. In this system electrical signals, in code, are sent along metal wires. These signals travel so fast that they could go nearly eight times round the world in one second. A special device is needed to send the code. At the other end another device is used in order to receive the code. By this method messages can be sent over distances of several hundred kilometres. With the invention of the telephone the human voice could be sent over long distances. Because of this the telephone system replaced the telegraph for quick communication over long distances. The telegraph is still used, however, by newspapers in order to send news and for other purposes too.

At the beginning of this century radio was invented and in a few years communication was again improved. The main difference between radio and telephone is that radio uses no electrical signals which travel long distances along wires. Instead invisible waves, moving at the same speed as electrical signals, are used. A few years ago there were not many radio stations in the world. Today there are many hundreds of radio stations broadcasting in different languages and in all countries. The invisible radio waves can easily travel from one country to another. This means that listeners in one country can listen to programmes broadcast from another country. In this way information travels from country to country. Radio is often used by policemen to communicate with one another. In addition, police forces in one country can communicate with those in other countries in order to catch criminals. Ships at sea use radio so that they know exactly where they are. Aeroplanes use radio for the same reason and this makes it easier for them to find their way from place to place.

In the modern world there are many methods of communication. As well as radio there is television, for example. This enables information in the form of a picture to be broadcast from one place to another. Radio is often used as part of a telegraph system where distances are very large. Of the many modern methods of communication, radio probably remains the most important.

2. How the Program Is Broadcast?

We turn on the radio and a program comes to us from a broadcasting station miles and miles away. We know that words and music themselves haven’t traveled all that distance through space, but something certainly is bringing the program from the station. What is this silent carrier?

The answer is radio waves. We can not see radio waves or feel them or even hear them. In fact, nobody knows exactly what they are. But we do know that they are made by electricity, and we have learned how to use them.

At the broadcasting station people talk or sing, instruments (乐器) play, doors slam(砰) ,and all of these make sound waves. The sound waves reach the microphone, and here they are changed into electricity. Then from a tall tower called the broadcasting aerial (天线) ,electricity sends radio waves. The waves travel in every direction, and some of them reach our radio aerial. Now a wonderful thing happens. The radio waves start an electricity current (电流) in our aerial like the one that was first made in the broadcasting station. Finally, the loudspeaker in our set changes electricity into sound, and we hear the program.

The First Period

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn and master the following words and phrases:

media, reliable, fire, face, difficulty, elect, go up, burn down, injure

2. Practise expressing opinion using the following:

What do you think of…?

What's your opinion?

Why do you choose…?

Perhaps…is more important.

I would rather choose.…

I don't think we should choose…

Maybe it would be better to choose…

Our readers want to know about…

3. Talk about news and the media.

4. Train the students' listening and speaking abilities.

Teaching Important Points:

1. Master the useful words and expressions appearing in this period.

2. Train the students' listening and speaking abilities by talking about news and the media.

Teaching Difficult Points:

1. How to help the students understand the listening material exactly.

2. How to help the students finish the task of speaking.

Teaching Methods:

1. Listening-and-answering activity to help the students go through the listening material.

2. Individual, pair or group work to make the students finish each task.

Teaching Aids:

1. a tape recorder

2. a projector

3. the blackboard

Teaching Procedures:

Step I Greetings and Lead-in

T: Good morning/afternoon, class.

Ss: Good morning/afternoon, Miss/ Mr. X.

T: Sit down, please. Being the members of the society, we all cares for/about what happens around us or even what happens at home and abroad. How can you do so?

Ss: By reading newspapers and magazines, watching TV programmes, listening to the radio.

T: Are there any other ways? Think it over.

Ss: By a website.

T: Yes. It’s also a way to learn about the world. What do you call these things which help us know about to the world?

Ss:新闻媒体

T: In English, we call it news media. Today we'll begin to learn Unit 2 News media (Bb: Unit 2 News media). First, let's learn the new words in this period. Look at the screen.

(Teacher first asks some students to read the words on the screen. Correct the Ss' mistakes in prononciation. Then teacher gives brief explanations. At last, let the Ss read and remember them for a while.)

Step Ⅱ Warming up

T: Well, now please open your books at Page 9. Warming up first. Look at each of the pictures and tell me which kind of news media it shows?

Ss: The first picture shows a website; the second one shows radio; the third one shows TV programmes; the fourth one shows magazines; the fifth one shows newspapers.

T: Quite right! Now, please work in groups of four and discuss the five questions below the pictures. A few minutes later, I’ll cotleet your answers. OK?

Ss: OK.

T: You can begin now.

(A few minutes later. )

T: Are you ready now?

Ss: Yes.

T: Which group would like to talk about the first question? Choose one member of your group to answer the question.

S1: I think TV is the most reliable among the news media. TV consists of a series of lively consecutive pictures. For the people who want to know what is exactly happening, a picture responds better to offer the truth of a fact than the mere words upon a page. It can offer an unique function of seemingly on-the-spot feeling, which is not available to the other media.

T: The second question?

S2. I think TV programmes are easy for most people to understand. Radio, can only be heard and sometimes can’t be picked up clearly. Newspapers and magazines are only useful for people who can read. Websites have many different pages, but you should be careful to read some of the pages. who can read. Website have many different pages, but you should be careful to read some of the pages.

T: The third question?

S3 : I will check other sources.

T: The fourth question?

S4: Every morning, the newspaper chief editor and the journalists discuss the main events of the day. Reporters are then sent to cover the events. They usually do some interviews and then check the information. They must work very fast. Later in the day, everything is put together at the news desk. Then the editors read the stories and make any necessary changes and choose a good title for each story. At last, they print them quickly and deliver them. Making a magazine is more or less the same as making a newspaper. But the articles in a magazine are more like stories, which are written by all kinds of writers. Magazines are not published as quickly as newspapers.

T: The last question?

Ss: News broadcast, newspaper, magazine, radio programme, website, report, reporter, editor, interview, write articles…

Step Ⅲ Listening

T: Next, let's come to the Listening. We are going to listen to two parts of conversations. The first part is an interview; the second part is a dialogue. Now, look at Exercise 1: Listen carefully to what is said and tick the information you hear in each part. If necessary, I'll play it twice. (Teacher begins to play the tape, and checks the answers after listening. Then ask the students to finish the rest of the tasks. )

T: OK. Now, please listen to each part once again and then work in pairs to talk about the questions in Exercises 2,3,4 and 5. Are you clear?

Ss: Yes.

(Teacher allows them enough time to talk about the questions. Then ask some students to say their answers.)

Step IV Speaking

T: Well, now it's time for us to be the editors of a newspaper. Here is a list of ten things that happened today. Look at the screen. (Teacher shows the screen and read through the list to the whole class.)

200 people died in an earthquake in Turkey.

China beat Brazil 5-1 in football.

France elected a new President.

Three children from your city were killed.

Someone robbed a bank in Shanghai.

Food prices are going up.

A house in your town burned down. Nobody was injured.

2 000 people in your city were happy today and moved into new buildings.

A Chinese scientist has invented a new car engine that does not pollute the air.

There is a rumour that a large company wants to build a factory in your town:

(Bb :go up, burn down)

T: Now, you've known the ten things, but you only need to report five of them. So, first decide which events you are going to put in your newspaper. Then give reasons for your choices and compare with your classmates. Work in groups of four or five. And the following expressions on the screen can help you with your dialogue. After a while, I'll ask some of you to act out your dialogue.

(Teacher shows the screen. )

What do you think of'…?

I would rather choose.…

What's your opinion?

I don't think we should choose…

Why do you choose…

Maybe it would be better to choose…

Perhaps… is more important.

Our readers want to know about….

(Teacher goes around the Ss and checks their work. If necessary, teacher may join in them. ) Sample dialogue:

A: Hello! How is everything going? Have you finished your work?

B: I'm very busy today. I've chosen five events among ten things that happened today to report in our newspaper. But I'm not sure whether I made the best choices. I need your advice.

C: Tell us more about your choices.

B: The first event I chose is “France elected a new President”. It is an important event these days. I think it may have a great effect on international affairs. The second is “There is a rumour that a large company wants to build a factory in our town.” What is your opinion?

A: I agree with your first choice, but why do you choose the second one? We should report something true to our readers, not rumours. Maybe it would be better to choose “A Chinese scientist has invented a new car engine that does not pollute the air.” It shows our country's science advancement.

B: Good idea. Then I'd rather choose “2 000 people in our city were happy today and moved into new buildings. “ and” China beat Brazil 5-1 in football. “They are both exciting news. They also reflect the improvement of people's life and the achievement in sports.

D: I think you made a good choice. What about the fifth one? Have you decided yet?

B: I think two events are suitable. I really don't know which is more important. It is hard to choose. They are “Food prices are going up. “ and ”200 people died in an earthquake in Turkey.”

D: Perhaps the former is more important. Our readers want to know more about their life. And this thing is related to everybody's life.

B: It sound reasonable. Let's think them over. Thank you for your advice.

Step V Summary and Homework

T: Up to now, we've talked a lot about news media. By listening and speaking, we've become more familiar with news media. At the same time, we've learnt some useful words and phrases. You should remember them and practise using them freely and exactly. After class, please collect more information about news media and talk about them with your classmates. Besides, don't forget to preview the contents of the next period. So much for today. See you tomorrow V

Ss: See you tomorrow.

Step VI The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard

Unit 2 News media

The First Period

I : Five news media

website, radio, TV programme, magazine, newspaper

Ⅱ. Useful words and phrases

words., reliable, fire, face, difficulty, elect, injure

phrases., go up, burn down

Step Ⅶ Record after Teaching

高三课件 篇7

高三新教材内容目录

Unit Topic Functional Items Structure Reading Writing

Unit 1 That must be a record! Records, adventures & hobbies Measuring & comparing Review the Subject The Guinness Book of World Records

Are you Xperienced? A from

Unit 2 Crossing limits Exploration Judging situations & making decisions Review the Predicate Reaching out across the ocean

Going high: the pioneers of the third pole A persuasive essay

Unit 3 The land down under Australia Expressing prohibitions and warnings Review the Predictative The portrait of a nation

Australia A description of animals

Unit Green worlds Botany Expressing procedures Review the Object The birth of a science

Wildlife and garden roses A description of plants

Unit 5 Getting the message Advertising & advertisements Making complaints

Expressing emotions

Expressing & evaluating different views Review the Object Complement Advertising

Words that sell An advertisement

Unit 6 Going West Perseverance & success Talking about ability Review the Attribute Going west

Heroes of north A story

Unit 7 A Christmas Carol Literature: Drama Talking about attitudes and motivation

Giving advice Review the Adverbial A Christmas Carol A play review

Unit 8 Learning a foreign language Learning skills Talking about attitudes and motivation

Giving advice Review the Subjunctive Mood (1) Learning a foreign language: twice as hard?

Studying abroad A personal essay

Unit 9 Health care Health care Talking about society & values

Expressing opinions Review the Subjunctive Mood (2) A helping hand

The little mould that could An article for a journal

Unit 10 American literature American Literature Predicting & describing a story Review all the verb tenses A sacrifice for love A book review

Unit 11 Key to success Social behaviour & relations Talking about teamwork and success Integrative language practice Making the team work A letter

Unit 12. Education Education Talking about study methods and styles

Making comparisons Integrative language practice Education for all

How we learn An essay

Unit 13. The mystery of the Moonstone Literature Talking about mysteries

Giving advice Integrative language practice The Moonstone

Solving the mystery of the Moonstone A letter

Unit 14 Zoology Zoology Debating Integrative language practice The language of honey-bees

Monkey business An argumentative essay

Unit 15 Popular youth culture Youth Culture Talking about youth culture and interests of young people Integrative language practice Young volunteers

Denim jeans A report

Unit 16 Finding jobs Jobs & career Talking about likes & dislikes

Expressing wishes & expectations Integrative language practice Football: a good career choice?

Why do you think you would be good at this job? A personal statement

高三课件 篇8

(SB3-units21-22)

一、单元考点提示

1.单词

step into take one’s place pick out build up divide up wealthy go through look into turn up check out to the point care for surround to one’s astonishment exact recover one after another tell apart set up come to light

2.句型

I / He /She /can /may… It is possible that…

I/ He /She may not… He/ She is not likely to…

It is likely that… I am not likely to…

You can’t / musn’t… Don’t smoke. Look out!

If you…, you’ll… Don’t be late Take care!

You’d better(not)do it. Be careful. No noise, please!

3.语法

复习和归纳句子成分--定语

复习定语从句和同位语从句的用法

二、考点精析与拓展

1.leave sth. to sb.(在死后)将……留给某人;请某人负责某事

His aunt left all her property to him after her death.

他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。

I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。

2.in one’s will在某人的遗嘱中

will作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱”“意志力”或“强烈的愿望”。

Her death is god’s will, I suppose.

她的逝世是上帝的旨意,我估计。

His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres.

他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。

Where there is a will, there is a way.

有志者,事竟成。

3.by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻

介词by有许多含义,在此处意为“通过”,相当于through。

He left by the first train.

他乘第一次列车离开了。

The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。

4.check out清点;结账;核实;检查;开票提款

Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。

We’d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged .

我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。

The trainees checked out all right.

这些培训学员完全合格。

She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款6000美元。

5.for a start/to start with首先,第一点

You have no right to be here, to start with.

首先,你无权在此。

It won’t work:for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission.

那不行,首先我们没那么多钱,其次我们不能被批准。

6.go through 浏览;经历;历经

He went through several houses, but haven’t bought one yet.

他看了好几套房子,但一套还没买。

The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。

The plan must go through several stages.

这个计划必须经历几个过程。

拓展:go through with完成

He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet.

他还没写完作文。

7.be present at 出席

How many people were present at the meeting?多少人出席了会议?

拓展:present(1)n.礼物

What present do you want for Christmas this year?

今年圣诞节你想要什么礼物?

(2)v.赠予

Now that the sports meet is over, our principal will present the prize.

既然运动会已结束,我们校长将颁奖。

(3)adj.现在的,目前的

I’m not going to buy a car at the present high prices.

以目前的高价,我不打算买小汽车了。

(4)presently(adv.) = soon

She will be here presently.

她不久就会来。

(5)常用短语:

at the present time = at present目前,现在

for the present暂时

8.pass…(to…)将……递给,传达

Please pass me the bread and butter.

请递给我面包奶油。

Pass the word to him that Napolean will come himself.

把拿破仑要亲自来的消息告诉他。

拓展:(1)vi.走过,通过

Because of the large crowd in the street the truck was unable to pass.

因为大街上人很多,卡车无法通过。

(2)n.通行证

Nobody can go into the hall without a pass.

没有通行证,任何人不准进入大厅。

9.pick out认出;显眼;挑选

Can you pick out your brother in the crowd?

你能在人群中认出你弟弟吗?

The houses in the painting picked out in white.

画上的房子以白色而显得醒目。

It’s so beautiful!How did you pick it out?

这么漂亮!你是怎么挑出来的?

10.troop n./v.

(1)n. 一群,大量,许我troops军队,部队

A troop of school children went into the museum.

一大群学生走进了博物馆。

The local people demand the withdrawal(撤退)of foreign troops.

当地的人们要求撤退外国军队。

(2)vi.集合,群集;成群涌向,结队而行

The students trooped up on the sports ground.

学生们在操场上集合。

We all trooped into/out of the hall.

我们成群地进入/走出礼堂。

11.fly

(1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语:驾驶(飞机);(用飞机)运送;放(风筝)

fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of km

飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2000公里的距离

Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees.

补给的粮食空运给那些难民。

The children are flying their kites.

孩子们在放风筝。

(2)vi.飞,飞行,飞跑

Time flies like an arrow. 光阴似箭。

The little girl flew to her grandmother.

这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。

(3)n.苍蝇

butter(奶油)+fly(苍蝇)=butterfly(蝴蝶)

dragon(龙)+fly(苍蝇)=dragonfly(蜻蜓)

fire(火)+fly(苍蝇)= firefly(萤火虫)(=lighting-bug,美语)

municate v.

(1)vt.传达,传送,传染

communicate information/feelings/news…to sb.把信息、感情、消息……传递/传达给某人

I’ll communicate the news to you directly.

我会直接把消息传达给你。

(2)vi.通讯,通话

communicate with sb.(by)用……与某人联络/沟通

We communicate with each other by telephone/letter.

我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。

拓展:communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息pl.通讯系统

Radio and television are important means of communication.

收音机和电视机是信息交流的重要工具。

Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways .

通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有很大的帮助。

13.beeline n.两地之间的直线;捷径(指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房,这条路叫beeline)

(1)make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路;走直路;向……直行

As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.

会议一结束,他就直接上了酒吧。

If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them.

如果你想赶上他们,你最好抄近路去。

(2)in a beeline 成直线地,笔直地

The pupils went to the museum in a beeline.

孩子们直接走向博物馆。

e to light 发现,暴露(= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light)

Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death.

新的证据不断被发现,所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。

When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich.

老太婆死后,人们才发现她其实很富有。

15.be different from与……不同

Your idea is different from mine.

你的想法和我的不同。

对比:make sb./ sth. different from使某人/某物不同于……

Her special accent makes her different from others.

她特殊的口音使她与众不同。

16.one after another一个一个地,表示数量多并连续出现

School was over and students went out of the school gate one after another.

放学了,学生们一个接一个地走出校门。

对比:one by one表示按顺序逐个进行或出现

Don’t hurry! You should enter the office one by one.

不要着急,你们应该一个个地走进办公室。

拓展:by and by一点一点地,逐渐地 little by little一点一点地

step by step 一步一步地,循序渐进地

17.amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise

The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。

拓展:(1)amazed人对……感到吃惊的;amazing(某物)……信人吃惊的。

They were all amazed at the amazing news.

听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。

(2)amazement n.

to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是

To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna.

让我奇怪的是,他们去西双版纳了。

类似短语:to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement

使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是

18.the more…,the more… 越……就越……

The harder you study, the more progress you’ll make.

越努力学习,你的进步就越大。

对比:more and more… 越来越……

Our school is becoming more and more beautiful.

我们的校园变得越来越美丽了。

19.again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地

The old man thinks of his happy past again and again.

这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。

三、精典名题导解

题1 (NMET )

As we joined the big crowd. I got from my friends.

A. separated B. spared C. lost D. missed

分析:A。get separated from sb.和某人分开。

题2(NMET 北京)

-How are the team playing?

-They’re playing well, but one of them hurt.

A. got B. gets C. are D. were

分析:A。got hurt意为“受伤”。get后接过去分词表示被动,受伤的事发生在过去,要用一般过去时。

题3 (2002 上海春季)

It long before we the result of the experiment.

A. will not be; will know B. will not be; knew

C. will not be; know D. is; know

分析:C。It will not be long是主句,意为不久;在before引导的时间状语从句中,要用一般现在时表示将来。

题4 (NMET 2001北京)

at the door before entering, please.

A. Knocked B. To knock C. Knocking D. Knock

分析:D。这是一个祈使句,要用动词原形。

题5 (,北京春)

We’re living in an age many things are done on computer.

A. which B. that C. whose D. when

分析:D。此题考查定语从句要填入的引导词应该在从句中作时间状语,故用when.

题6 (2002 上海,35)

There is a feeling in me we’ll never know what a UFO-not ever.

A. that B. which C. of which D. what

分析:A。根据句意“我有一种感觉--我们永远不会知道UFO是什么,而不是曾经(不知道)。”that引导的同位语从句解释feeling的内容。

题7 (2003 上海)

It is believed that if a book is , it will surely the reader.

A. interested; interest B. interesting; be interested

C. interested; interesting D. interesting; interest

分析:D。interesting有趣的;interest vt.使……感到有趣。

题8 (2003 上海春)

It was because of bad weather the football match had to be put off.

A. so B. so that C. why D. that

分析:D。这是一个强调句,对because of bad weather进行强调,强调句的结构是It is/was + 被强调的部分+that(who)…

题9 (2001 上海春)

It was for this reason her uncle moved out of New York and settled down in small village.

A. which B. why C. that D. how

分析:C。这是一个强调句for this reason进行强调,其明显标志是介词for.

高三课件 篇9

Teaching plan

By: Xi Yuling Class: Class8, Senior III

Date: Sept. 15th Topic: Unit3 Integrating Skills

Teaching aims and demands:

1) To improve the Ss’ ability of reading comprehension.

2) To enable the Ss to know something about Australia.

3) To enable their ability of finding out main ideas and writing.

Teaching aids:

Multi-media computer and a tape recorder

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 Revision.

1. Ask the Ss to translate some useful phrases orally.

1.由……组成 2.被……所环绕

3.座落于…… 4.一颗七个角的星

5.创造了复杂的社会关系

6.声称某物归某人所有

7.使某人做某事成为不可能

8.对……有害 9.结果

10.对……有影响 11.忍受

12.把……转变成…… 13.从……中获益

14.强化权力 15.与……不同

2. Ask the Ss to revise some information about Australia by filling the blanks.

1. Australia consists of six____________ and two ______________.

2. It is surrounded by the________ _________ and the ________ ___________.

3. The national flag shows __________________________________.

4._________ and _________ _________ __________first came to the continent.

5. It was formed in _______. 6. ________ is its official language.

7. After the World Wars, Australians benefited from _____________, and people from about _______ countries moved there.

8. Its English is different in ___________ from American English and British English.

9. _______ is its most famous city. 10. Its capital is ________.

Step 2 Fast reading

Allow the Ss a few minutes to read the passage and try to answer some questions.

1. How many kinds animals are mentioned in the text?

2. Which country is the larger one, America or Australia? How do you know?

3. Why is there a long fence across Australia?

4. How about its climate?

5. What do many Australians do at weekends?

Step 3 Careful reading

Ask the Ss to read the passage carefully and try to find out some detailed information.

Animals: __________________________________________________________

Distance: __________________________________________________________

Size: __________________________________________________________

Population: ________________________________________________________

Agriculture: _______________________________________________________

Natural resources: __________________________________________________

Climate: __________________________________________________________

Sports: ___________________________________________________________

Step 4 Post reading

Ask the Ss to listen to the tape and try to answer the five questions in their Best Design.

Step 5 Useful Expressions

Help the Ss find out useful expressions in each Para.

1. 与…有联系 2.产卵,下蛋

3. 用…喂… 4.以…为生

5. 生… 6.极度危险

7. 整个大陆 8.在面积上

9. 面积约相当于美国 10.一个富裕的国家

11. 使 …不入内 12.躲开,置身于…外

13.将…赶拢, 14.取决于 …, 视…而定

15.整年 16.很高兴去做…

17.去徒步旅行

Step 6 Writing

Write a short passage about Australia if time permits.

澳大利亚有在世界其他地方找不到的动物,比如:袋鼠,考拉等。澳大利亚覆盖了整个大洲。从北到南的距离是3,220公里,从东到西的距离是4,000公里。澳大利亚也是一个大国,人口多万。该国的农业和自然资源方面很丰富。气候情况因地区不同而不同。人们喜欢户外活动和体育。大堡礁是最有名的旅游胜地。

Homework Reading task of Test 3

高三课件 篇10

outcome

n.

结果;结局;后果[S1][(+of)]

I think there can be but one outcome to this affair.

我认为这件事只可能有一种结局。

She was satisfied with the outcome of her efforts.

她对自己努力的结果很满意。

weep

vi.

1.) 哭泣,流泪[(+over/for)]

The girl wept over her sad fate.

那女孩为自己悲惨的命运而哭泣。

Mother wept for joy.

母亲高兴得流眼泪。

2.) 悲叹,哀悼[(+over/for)]

We all wept in silence for the deceased.

我们都默默为死者哀悼。

vt.

流(泪);哭泣

The little girl wept herself to sleep.

小女孩哭着哭着入睡了。

n.

哭泣

furnish

vt.

1.) 给(房间)配置(家具等);装备[(+with)]

How are you going to furnish the house?

你将如何布置房子?

2.) 供应;提供[(+with/to)]

I’ll furnish you with all you need.

我将提供你所需要的一切。

attend to

1.) 注意;致力于

You should attend better to your studies.

你应该更专心于学习。

2.) 关心;照料;护理

The nurse is attending to a sick man.

护士正在照料病人。

do up

1.) 修理

The room needs doing up.

这房子需要修缮。

2.) 使穿上

She was done up in her Sunday best.

她穿着节日盛装。

3.) 使精疲力尽

He was done up after the long trip.

长途旅行后他精疲力尽。

pale

a.

1.) 苍白的,灰白的

She was pale with fear.

她吓得脸色发白。

2.) (颜色)淡的

Her beauty seemed pale beside Mary’s.

她的美貌与玛丽的相比似乎显得黯然失色。

He wore a pale blue tie.

他戴一条浅蓝色的领带

approve

vt.

1.) 赞成,同意;赞许

The professor does not approve the government’s foreign policy.

那位教授不赞成政府的外交政策。

2.) 批准;认可

The city council has now approved the scheme for the erection of a new public library.

市议会业已核准建造一座新的公共图书馆的计划。

vi.

赞成;赞许 [(+of)]

I’m afraid your parents won’t approve of your going there.

我担心你父母不会赞成你到那儿去。

shave

vt.

1.) 剃去...上的毛发;刮(脸)等

shave one’s face

刮脸

2.) 刮(胡子等)[(+off/away)]

He shaved off his beard.

他剃掉了胡须。

vi.

1.) 修面,刮脸

He shaves every morning.

他每天早晨刮脸。

2.) 挤过,勉强通过

He shaved through the math exam.

他勉强通过了数学考试。

n.[C]

1.) 剃刀,刮胡刀;刨刀

2.) 修面,刮脸[S]

I need a shave.

我需要修面。

comb

n.[C]

1.) 梳子;(羊毛等的)毛刷,马鬃刷

2.) 女人头发上梳状的饰物

3.) (用梳子)梳理[S]

My hair needs a good comb.

我的头发需要好好梳理一番。

vt.

1.) 用梳子梳理

The mother combed the child’s hair.

母亲梳理了孩子的头发。

2.) 彻底搜查[(+for)]

We combed the city to look for our lost dog.

我们搜遍了全城寻找我们走失了的狗。

at length

1.) 最后,终于

At length, we began to understand what she wanted.

最后,我们总算弄清楚她到底要什么。

2.) 详细地

He talked at length about his work.

他详细地谈了他的工作。

flash

vt.

1.) 使闪光;使闪烁[(+at)]

Why is that driver flashing his lights at me?

那个司机为何用灯照我?

2.) (向...)闪现出[(+at)]

I flashed a warning glance at them.

我向他们投去警告性的一瞥。

3.) (火速地)发出(电报,电讯等);使迅速传遍

The news was flashed around the world.

这一消息迅速传遍世界各地。

vi.

1.) 闪光,闪烁

The stars flashed in the night sky.

夜空中群星闪烁。

2.) (想法等)掠过,闪现

A thought flashed through my mind.

我脑子里闪过一个想法。

3. 飞驰,掠过

A car flashed by.

一辆汽车疾驰而过。

n.

闪烁,闪光[C]

There was a flash of lightning a moment ago.

刚才有一道闪电。

simplify

vt.

简化,精简;使单纯;使平易

The subject is immensely complex, and hard to simplify.

这个题目非常复杂,并且很难简化。

Unit 11

criterion/ criteria(pl)

n.

(判断、批评的)标准,准则,尺度[C]

What criteria do you use when judging the quality of a student’s work?

你用什么标准来衡量学生的学业?

summary

adj.

1.) 概括的,扼要的

He gave a summary report of the day’s events.

他对一天的事件作了简要的报告。

2.) 实时的;草率的;即决的,简易的

The government took summary action to aid the earthquake victims.

政府即刻采取行动救济地震灾民。

n.

总结,摘要,一览[C][(+of)]

He made a summary of the case.

他为这个案件做了一个摘要。

percentage

n.

1.) 百分率,百分比[C] [(+of)]

What percentage of children were absent?

缺席的学童占百分之几?

2.) 比例;部分[C]

Each of them got a percentage of the profits.

他们每个人都得到一部分利润。

3.) 【口】好处,利益[U]

There is no percentage in arguing with him.

同他争论于事无补。

suspect

vt.

1.) 疑有,察觉

The tiger suspected danger and ran away.

老虎意识到危险便逃跑了。

2.) 怀疑,不信任

We suspected their honesty.

我们不相信他们是诚实的。

3.) 怀疑(某人犯有过错)[+of] [+(that)]

The police suspected that Bill did it.

警察怀疑那件事是比尔干的。

4.) 猜想;料想 [+(that)]

I suspect they’ll come.

我想他们会来的。

n.

嫌疑犯;可疑分子[C]

adj.

可疑的;受到怀疑的;不可信的[(+of/to/with)]

His motives were suspect with others.

他的动机受到其他人的怀疑。

cater

vi.

1.) 提供饮食;承办宴席[(+for)]

He runs a restaurant and also caters for weddings and parties.

他经营饭店,还承办婚礼和宴会酒席。

2.) 满足需要(或欲望);迎合,投合[(+for/to)]

Those newspapers cater to the lowest tastes.

那些报纸迎合最低级的趣味。

vt.

为...提供饮食,承办(宴会等)的酒席

Who’s catering your daughter’s wedding?

谁给你女儿承办婚宴?

temporary

adj.

临时的;暂时的,一时的

Ellen has got a temporary job.

艾伦找到一份临时工作。

n.[C]

1.) 临时工,临时雇员

She works in the office as a temporary.

她在办公室做临时雇员。

2.) 临时事物;临时房屋

The wartime temporaries will be replaced by permanent homes.

那些战时临时住房将被永久性住宅代替。

expectation

n.

1.) 期待;预期[U][C]

The dog wagged its tail in expectation of a bone.

那条狗摇着尾巴,巴望吃肉骨头。

2.) 期望,预期的事物(pl.)

The reward fell short of our expectations.

奖励不符我们的希望。

3.) 前程(pl.)

a young artist with great expectations

有远大前程的青年艺术家

division

n.

1.) 分开,分割[U][(+into)]

The compilers agreed upon a division of the textbook into twelve units.

编写者都同意把教科书分成十二个单元。

2.) 分配,分派[U][(+between/among)]

The thieves quarrelled about the division of their stolen goods.

这些贼为分偷来的物品而争吵。

3.) 【数】除(法)[U]

The boy has learnt to do division.

这个小男孩已学会做除法。

compromise

n.

1.) 妥协,和解[C][U][(+between)]

I hope we shall come to a compromise.

我希望我们能达成妥协。

2.) 妥协方案,折衷办法;折衷物[C]

The interior decoration of the house is a compromise between Chinese and foreign styles.

这所房子的内部装饰是中西两式的折衷物。

vt.

1.) 互让解决(分歧等)

2.) 连累,危及

You will compromise your good name if you associate with these people.

你如果与这些人交往就会损害你的好名声。

3.) 放弃(原则等);泄露(秘密等)

He refused to compromise his principles.

他拒绝放弃原则。

vi.

妥协,让步[(+on)]

They found it wiser to compromise with her.

他们觉得与她妥协更明智。

dynamic

adj.

1.) 力的;动力的

a dynamic load

动力荷载

2.) 能动的;动态的

a dynamic verb

动态动词

3.) 有活力的;有生气的;强有力的

a dynamic young businessman

生气勃勃的年轻商人

embarrass

vt.

1.) 使窘;使不好意思,使局促不安 [(+with/by)]

Arthur seemed embarrassed by the question.

亚瑟似乎被这个问题弄得有些窘迫。

2.) 使负债;使拮据

A large family embarrassed him.

他子女多,这使他经济拮据。

3.) 妨碍,阻碍

Wearing the heavy coat embarrassed his movements.

穿着厚大衣妨碍了他的行动。

contradictory

adj.

1.) 矛盾的,对立的[(+to)]

The prisoner’s statement was contradictory to the one he’d made earlier.

那个囚犯的供词与早些时候说的相矛盾。

2.) 好反驳的,喜争辩的

a contradictory nature

爱斗嘴的讨厌本性

n.[C]

1.) 矛盾因素,对立物

2.) 【逻】矛盾命题;否定项

violent

adj.

1.) 激烈的;猛烈的;强烈的

The boat sank in a violent storm at sea.

船在海上强烈的风暴中沉没。

2.) 由暴力引起的;暴力的[Z]

She died a violent death.

她惨遭横祸。

3.) 极端的,极度的

A violent impatience overcame him.

他变得极不耐烦。

4.) 狂暴的,凶暴的

The madman was violent and had to be locked up.

这疯子十分凶暴,只好把他锁起来。

resign

vt.

1.) 放弃,辞去

The general resigned his commission.

将军辞去了他的职务。

2.) 把...托交给,委托[(+to/into)]

She resigned her children to the care of her sister.

她把孩子交给她妹妹照管。

3.) 使听从,使顺从[(+to)]

He is resigned to his fate. 或 He resigned himself to his fate.

他听天由命。

vi.

辞职[(+from)]

The simplest thing is for him to resign at once.

最简单的做法就是他立即辞职。

definite

adj.

1.) 明确的,确切的

She made no definite answer.

她没有作确定的回答。

2.) 一定的,肯定的

It’s definite that he’ll be late again.

他肯定又要迟到。

3.) 限定的

congratulate

vt.

1.) 祝贺;恭喜[(+on/upon)]

I congratulate you on your great discovery.

我祝贺你的伟大发现。

I want to congratulate you with all my heart.

我衷心地祝贺你。

2.) (后接oneself)自我庆幸[(+on)]

He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.

他庆幸自己在空难中幸免于死。

finance

n.

1.) 财政;金融;财政学[U]

He got the position on the strength of his skill in finance.

他凭着自己的理财本领得到了这个职位。

2.) (对事业的)资金支援[U]

3.) 财源;资金;(国家的)岁入;财务情况[P]

The country’s finances have improved.

这个国家财政状况改善了。

vt.

供资金给;融资,为...筹措资金

Our project is adequately financed.

我们的工程资金充足。

vi.

筹措资金

We are financing for the housing project.

我们在为住宅计划筹措资金。

decline

vi.

1.) 下降,下跌;减少;衰退,衰落

As one grows older one’s memory declines.

人的记忆力随着年龄增长而衰退。

Unemployment declined to 4 percent last month.

上个月失业率降至百分之四。

2.) 【书】倾斜;下垂

3.) 婉拒;谢绝

vt.

1.) 婉拒;谢绝[+to-v]

She declined their invitation.

她婉拒了他们的邀请。

She declined to have lunch with her friend, saying that she wasn’t feeling well.

她说她身体不舒服,婉拒了与她的朋友共进午餐。

2. )【语】使发生词尾变化,使变格

n.

1.) 下降;减少[S1]

There is a decline in real wages.

实际工资有所减少。

2.) 衰退,衰落[the S]

3.) 倾斜[the S]

oral

adj.

1.) 口头的,口述的

An oral agreement is not enough; we must have a written promise.

只有口头协议是不够的;我们必须有一个书面承诺。

He passed his German oral exam.

他通过了德文口试。

2.) 口的,口部的

The oral opening in an earthworm is small.

蚯蚓的口是很小的。

3.) (药)口服的

The doctor prescribed an oral dose of medicine.

医生开了一剂口服药。

高三课件 篇11

Reading:

Warming up

Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name

Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.

Pre-reading

Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?

His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.

While-reading

Fast reading

How many people are mentioned in the passage?

Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook

Careful reading

1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________.D

A.studied by doctors B.unknown to anyone C.fully developed D.a branch of medicine

2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies.C

A.rose and peony B.tea and apple C.cocoa and hemp D.Cocoa and lemon

3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research.A

A.Joseph Banks B.Captain Cook C.Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander

4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ .C

A.the importance of botany B.how to classify plant species into groups

C.Linnaeus’contribution to botany D.Linnaeus’discoveries about different species

5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C

A.one B.Two C.Three D.four

Post-reading

1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?

Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.

2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?

To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.

3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?

Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.

4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?

When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.

Translate the following phrases into English:

1. 详细地 in detail

2. 处于支配的地位,负责 in charge of

3. 由……负责 in the charge of

4. 任命某人为…… appoint sb. as

5.将……分类成 classify…into…

6. 计算……之间的距离 calculate the distance between…

7. 一代一代传下去 pass on from one generation to the next

8.建于……之上;以……为基础 be based on

9.参与; 陷入 ……的活动 be involved in

10.根据;视……而定;按照 according to

11.搜索;寻找 search for

12.总而言之 altogether

1.match…with (在品质;颜色;设计等方面)相等,相当,相配

2.at the age of 在……岁时

3.look out for 警惕;留心;守侯

4.on a large scale 大规模地;大范围地

5.year after year 年年;年复一年

6.pass away 逝世

7.name…after 给……取名;命名

8.in detail 详细

9.take care of 关心;照顾

10.classify…into 分类;归类

11.develop a lifelong friendship with 与……结存了终生好朋友

12.born into 出生

13.have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲

14.appoint sb. as… 委派;任命某人为……

15.spread over 传播;流传

16.a great deal of 大量;许多(用于不可数名词)

17.lie in 在于

18.related to 与……有关

19.the key to 关键是(在于)

20.adapt to 适应于

21.be sunken into 堕入

Integrating skills

Scanning

Find out the important people mentioned in the text.

Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria

Gote Turesson From Sweden

Choose the best answers according to the passage

1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C

A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants

B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants

C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants

D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants

2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B

A. small beaks l hard seeds B.broad beaks;hard seeds

C. hard beaks;hard seeds D.broad beaks;soft seeds

3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ . C

A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C.the Beagle D.space

4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D

A.the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment

B.the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand

C.the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment

D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .

5. Darwin studied physics,chemistry and botany because_________ . B

A.he was invited to join scientific expedition

B.he was interested in them

C.he could do a lot Of experiments

D.he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”

Fill in the following blanks

Scientist

Research/experiment

Result

Charles Darwin

The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses

There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.

Gregor Mendel

Flowers and peas

Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.

Gote Turesson

A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast

Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.

The text can be divided into four parts

Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.

Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.

Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study

Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.

Important sentences in the passage

1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.

2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.

3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.

4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.

Unit 5 Getting the message

Reading:

Look at the pictures on page37 and fill in the chart

Items

Ad 1

Ad 2

Ad 3

The products they persuade you to buy

Advanced electronic roducts

Shampoo

Soft drinks

How to persuade

By using abstract design, slogan and pictures

By using wonderful pictures ,slogan and realistic products

By using wonderful pictures, slogan and products

The message each ad gives

High quality,

Help customers to succeed

Create beauty,bring happiness and love to customers

Help athletes to refresh themselves.

How is the information conveyed

Pictures, slogan, spokesman

Products,slogan, pictures

Pictures,slogan, products

Words related to advertising

advertise, advertisement advertiser, brand, post, spokesman, spokeswoman, designer, entertain, promote, customer, slogan, text, writer mislead, humorous, persuasive, broadcast, annoy, appeal to

Pre-reading

Collect advantages and disadvantages of advertisements from the students

Advantages Disadvantages

Provide information Mislead customers

Increase sales Give false or incorrect information

Make the public aware of social problem Raise the price of products

1.the first form of advertising : in Greece and Egypt around 1500 B.C.

2.the first printed advertisement: in London 1477

3.the first commercials on radio: about 1920

4.the first commercial on TV: after World War 2

Reading Find out the main idea for each paragraph

Pa1: Ads are found almost everywhere

Pa2: People react to advertisements in different ways.

Pa3: The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers’ choices.

Pa4: Ads help companies and customers n a variety of ways.

Pa5: the most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.

Pa6: Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems.

Pa7: Customers should be careful of illegal ads.

Pa8: Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices.

Answer the following questions

Fast reading

1.What is people’s reaction to ads.? P2

2.What is the basic principle of advertising? P3

3.What is the most important function of ads? P5

4.what’s the advantage of good ads? P8

Careful reading

1.Why is advertising popular?

2.How does advertising help consumers and companies?

3.What is the basic principle behind advertisements?

4.Why do advertisers often have to work hard to attract people’s attention?

5.What is a “bait-and-switch” a?

6.How can we protect ourselves from misleading ads?

Choose the best answers:

1.The word “advertising” means to make a product known to . D

A managers through broadcast B leaders by radios

C firms by printed notices D people in various ways.

2.One advantage of advertising is that it helps . A

A increase product sales B make a product more expensive

C increase production D reduce the costs of a product

3.Advertising is a highly developed . B

A information B industry C trade D science

4.The development of radio, television, cinema, magazines and newspapers has with the development of advertising. B

A followed up B gone hand in hand C gone behind D taken place

5. The best chance to reach customers is to . C

A sell them the product B sell them what money can not buy: love, happiness and success.

C appeal to their emotions D reduce the price of the products.

6.The development of media has gone hand hand the development of advertising. C

A. by; by B. by; with C. in; with D. in; by

8.People react to advertisements in different ways.Because . 答案:A

A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others

B. ads are useful and entertaining C. ads are annoying

D.ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying

9.When we buy an expensive product, can help us make the right decision. 答案:B

A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders

10.“Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits” means . 答案:D

A. all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits

B. few ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits

C. no ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits

D. all ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits

11.In order not to become easy target for ad makers, we must . 答案:A

A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often

C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads

12.The best chance to reach customers for the advertisers is to . 答案:A

A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures

C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers

13.Paragraph 4 is mainly about . 答案:C

A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production

C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive

14.Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? 答案:C

A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products.

B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products.

C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.

D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the products come from.

15.Why is advertising popular? 答案:C

A. Because ads are found in newspapers. B. Because ads are found on the Internet.

C. Because ads are found on TV. D. Because ads are found everywhere.

16.We can infer from the last sentence of the text that . 答案:C

A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads

C. we must learn to analyse ads D. we must learn to accuse ads

T or F

1.People react to advertisements in different ways.( )

2.The basic principle of advertising is fairly difficult.( )

3.Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be increased, too. ( )

4.Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.( )

5.Perhaps the most important function of advertising is to increase a company’s profits. ( )

6.By using the techniques developed by the advertising industry, governments and other non-profit organizations can spread knowledge, change attitudes and improve society.( )

7.All ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.( )

Difficult sentences

1.The development of radio ,television and other media has gone hand in hand with the development.

2.Customers see so many ads every day that advertisers must work hard to get their message across.

3.The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.

4.First of all ,we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.

Integrating skills

Fill in the blanks for the revision

Advertising is a highly developed industry. It has gone hand in hand with radio, television and other media.

People react to ads in different ways. Some think ads are useful and help consumers

make informed choices while others accuse companies of using ads to mislead us. Companies can influence customers’ choices by introducing a brand name and by associating products with customers’ needs. There are so many ads for customers that advertisers must try to get their message across by appealing to their emotions.

Ads help companies and customers in all kinds of ways. They can help companies increase sales . At the same time , they help customers choose among all the available products. In fact, truthful ads provide good information,and help customers compare feathers, functions and costs. Some governments name a famous person as their spokesman or spokeswoman to make people aware

of their social problems and policies.

Customers should protect themselves by keeping an eye out for bad ads, telling false information from real facts and making good choices.

II Lead-in

1 what product do they persuade you to buy?

2 what information about product can you get?

3 How is the information conveyed?

4 What are the skills of making good ads?

III Reading

1 How do the ad-makers create a positive image of the product they are promoting?

2 How do ad-makers choose a name for the product?

3 What kind of slogans should be used to make the consumers to form a positive image? Can you give an example?

4 How are the ads presented ?

How to create a positive image of the product

Choose the words and brand names --- tell the consumer about the advantages of the product ---choose a funny name(use a well-known word--- choose names from old stories--- invent a new word )

A good slogan( should be catchy --- easy to remember --- convey a message)

Ads are started with a puzzle or question And presented in a humorous way

1.in order to 为的是;目的在于

2.take …into consideration 考虑某事物

pare…with… 把……与……比较(对比)

plain about 对某人与某物抱怨

5.in charge of… 负责;处于控制或支配的地位

6.hand in hand 手拉手;密切关联的

7.with the develop of 随着……发展

8.on the other hand 另一方面

9.get… across 传播或为人理解

10.instead of 代替(后面接名词代词动名词或介词短语)

11.appeal to 呼吁;上诉;投合(兴趣或心愿)

12.armed with用…… 做准备;备有

13.make sb. aware of 使人明白;觉察;意识到

14.keep an eye out for 留心或注意到某人或某事物

tect…from… 防护而不受

16.at the right time 在恰当的时候

17.point out to (向某人)指出;使注意

18.make sense 有意义;有道理;讲得通

19.accuse…of… 指责;控告

20.attach to 系;贴;固定;附着

21 differ from 不同于

22 attach to/connect with 附着/联想

23 attach importance to 给予重视

24 start with 以 开始

25 with the purpose of 以 为目的

26 point out 指出

27 refer to 指/参考

28 think twice 慎重考虑

Unit 6

Reading

Read the text then answer some questions.

1 When did we decide to move to another place? 1845,10

2 How long did the journey last? About a year

3 What is our first destination? India Greek in Kansas

4 Is the journey hard? Can you make some examples about it?

Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.

Listening

Listen to the tape carefully then do these exercises.

Post-reading

Exercise1. True or False

1 We traveled alone. (F with many other families)

6 When a young man in our group suggested that I stay behind with the children and wait for help, I agreed. (F I didn’t agree.)

( )7 When the animals smelt the water, they all ran.

Exercise 2

Choose the best answers

1.The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案:C

A. California was in desert B. California was far away

C. California was a wonderful land described in a book

D. California was the largest state in the USA

2.People moving to the west would meet in . 答案:A

A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert

3.On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert? 答案:B

A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.

4.Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive”? 答案:D

A Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.

C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.

5.After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. B

A.2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45

6.Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help? A

A. Because that meant he/she would die.

B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.

C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.

D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.

7.The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why? 答案:C

A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.

C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.

8.How long did the author spend finishing the journey? 答案:A

A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.

C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.

9.From the text, we can infer . 答案:D

A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long

B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California

C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end

D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California

10.The best title of the text is . 答案:B

A.A Journey To California B. Long Drive

C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life

Questions:

1 Where in the text do you find evidence that the wagons were not he most suitable means of transport? You can find your answers in paragraph 3.

2 Why did the travelers call their ninety mile-drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “long drive”?

We had to travel long without water or grass for the animals to eat. It was hard.

3 What can you learn from this reading passage? What impresses you most?

1)After suffering from many difficulties, we can live a better life. Facing the hardship, never give up, etc.

2)The courage of the people impresses me most.

1.believe in 信任;信耐

2.stand for 代表;代替

3.adapt to 适宜

4.lose heart 灰心;泄气

5.be cast away (被)抛弃

6.give up 放弃

7.less than 少于;不足

8.set off for 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发

9.move on 继续前进

10.take the way 出发;首途

11.lose one’s way 迷路

12.hang out 伸出

13.in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)

14.on our feet=on foot 步行

15.be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于

16.suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦

17.hurry on to (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事

18.stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事

19.start doing sth. 开始做某事

20.go on all fours 用四肢

21.(at)the edge of of (在)……边缘

22.stare at 瞪视; 凝视

e to an end 结束;终止

24.a race against time 与时间赛跑

25.save…from 挽救……免于

26.take up to 占用(时间;空间)

27.at stake 在危险中;关系重大

28.risk one’s life to 冒险去做某事

29.apply…to… 运用;应用

30.add up (两个或两个以上的数量或量)加起来

31.take it easy 别紧张;放松点

32.keep up 维持;保持;使某事处于高水平

mon sense 常识;情理

34.leave behind 忘带;留下

35. live through sth. 经历某事物而幸存

36.tie up 系;拴;捆

37.go for 为……去;努力获取

Unit 7

Step one . Answer the following questions.

1.When does the story happen ?

2.Who is Ebenezer Scrooge ? Which word is he always to comment everything ?

3.Who is Bob Cratchit ? What does he want to do ?

4.What does the gentleman want to do ? Has he Promised ? What happened to Scrooge ?

Step2.Judge the following sentences True or false

1.It was cold in scrooge’s office and Bob had to warm himself over the candles. T

2. Scrooge was willing to let Bob have a day off because it would be Christmas the next day. F

3. Scrooge was invited by his niece and he accepted happily. F

4. A gentleman arrived at Scrooge’s office because he wanted to collected money for the poor. T

5. Scrooge didn’t want to give the poor any money because he was poor himself. F

6. According to the dialogue, in Scrooge’s dream he met his old friend ------Jacob Marley. F

Step three : Fill in the blanks according the passage

It was the day before Christmas and the weather was terrible . Bob wanted to have a day off in order to have a good Christmas dinner but his boss , Scrooge, who was cold , mean and only interested in making money didn’t allow him to do so at first. Scrooge’s nephew--- Fred wanted to invite Scrooge to attend their Christmas dinner but he was refused . A gentleman who wanted bo connect some money for the poor was also turned down by Scrooge. At last when all the others left Scrooge had a dream , in which he Santa Claus

Integrating Skills

Divide the play into 3 parts. Try to find out what caused Scrooge to turn over a new leaf.

Find out something about the firs scene

Place:_ The place where Scrooge live once lived

The time when Scrooge was young.

Time: Young scrooge and his girlfriend

The girl wanted to be separated from Scrooge

Characters: Scrooge cared nothing except money

Event: He felt very uneasy.

In the second scene, Scrooge saw the Christmas party held in Bob Cratchit’s houses. Judge the following sentences True of False .

1.In the dream it was Christmas Eve and the Cratchits were having a Christmas dinner. 2. In the dream Tiny was ill but his father couldn’t afford the medicine for him.

3. These things really happened to the Cratchits. F

4. On seeing the scene Scrooge wanted to change his life.

5. Scrooge ordered a big Christmas tree for the cratchits’. F

Scene 3

From here we say the Scrooge turned over a new leaf. How did Bob Cratchit feel when he saw Scrooge and his turkey ? D

A. Satisfied B. Interested C. Angry D. Surprised

He hadn’t expected that Scrooge would be so generous

Choose the best answers

1.Christmas is traditionally celebrated on . 答案:B

A. December 24 B. December 25 C. December 30 D. December 31

2.Which of the following is not true according to the dialogue? 答案:A

A. The business is now owned by Scrooge and his partner, Marley.

B. Marley died on December 24th.

C. The gentleman tried to persuade Mr Scrooge to do something good for the poor.

D .Many thousands of people don’t have enough money to keep themselves warm.

3.Ebenezer Scrooge is . 答案:D

A. a warm-hearted boss B. a lazy kind boss

C. a hospitable boss D. a greedy ungenerous boss

4.According to the dialogue,which of the following sentences is right? 答案:C

A. Nothing happened when the clock struck one.

B. Scrooge’s eyes were wet because he had a cold.

C. The girl who used to love Scrooge has married another man.

D. Scrooge,a kind old man is always commenting on everything by saying “Humbug”.

5.In the sentence,“He is cold, mean and selfish old man ”,“mean” is . 答案:D

A.有技巧的 B.心情不好的 C.普通的 D.吝啬的

6.From the dialogue, we can infer . 答案:C

A. Fred helps Scrooge become a helpful man

B. everyone does wish Ebenzer Scrooge a merry Christmas

C. Ebenzer scrooge corrects his mistakes and makes a fresh start

D. Scrooge’s partner, Marley died at Christmas

7.The main factor that makes Mr Scrooge change his mind is that . 答案:A

A. he feels afraid the bad thing will happen to him in the future

B. he regrets what he did in the past

C. he is moved by what Santa Claus says

D. he loses his fortune and becomes a poor man himself

8.What can’t be concluded from the passage? 答案:D

A. People usually have turkey for Christmas.

B. The place they live in is cold in winter.

C. Bob is quite astonished Scrooge’s generousness.

D. All the poor people can enjoy a merry Christmas now.

9.According to Fred,Christmas is the day of the year when people . 答案:D

A. think of the past and look forward to the future

B. put valuable things in their pockets

C. have dinner together

D. show kindness to people and help others

10.Mr Scrooge is reluctant to open his heart to the poor because . 答案:D

A. there are plenty of prisons in the world B. he is poor himself

C. the union work houses can help the poor

D. he only cares about his own business and never shows kindness to others

Phrases

1.care for 喜爱;照顾

2.in the race to do sth. 在做某事的竞赛中

3.put on 穿上

4.so far 至此

5.in want of 需要

6.at this festive season of the year 在一年中喜庆的季节

7.close up (尤指暂时)关闭;使靠近

8.leave alone 不管;随…去

9.toast to 干杯

10.date back to 追溯到(过去的某个时间)

11.on the contrary 相反

12.have an eye for 关注;能判断;能欣赏

Unit 8

Fast reading

1 What is the most puzzling question in learning our mother tongue?

2 If we develop our study skills and way of learning, is learning foreign language twice as hard or as easy?

Careful reading

Tell the sentences true or false

1 Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion :Life is a very successful language school. T

2 We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language. T

3.Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges. F

4The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.F

Choose the best answers

1.Most children have mastered their mother tongue . 答案:C

A. at the age of five B. by the age of eight C. before they are five D. since they were five

2.Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except . 答案:A

A. the ability to memorize the words B. an interest in understanding their own thinking

C. willingness to take chances D. confidence in their ability

3.The best option for the exchange students is . 答案:A

A. living with local people B. living in the dormitory

C. choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost

D. making friends with the other students

4.The disadvantage of studying abroad is . 答案:B

A. language and culture B. cost and safety C. custom and culture D. exchange programme

5.Visiting students do the following things except . 答案:C

A. staying in the host family’s house B. eating in the host family’s house

C. becoming a member of the family D. keeping in touch with the host family afterwards

6.Before going out to study in a foreign country,you should not . 答案:C

A. care much about the money that may cost you B. collect as much information as possible

C. plan a long course to study D. discuss every detail with your family

7.The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means . 答案:B

A. we are equipped with a special ability to learn language

B. the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us

C. parents can give children language lessons

D. people can learn the language by themselves

8.What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays? 答案:D

A. The cost has become reasonable. B. There are programmes for all levels.

C. Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.

D. All the above.

9.The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is . 答案:C

A. to learn the language B. to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country

C. to get better idea of yourself and your own culture D. to learn to be independent of oneself

10.What’s the purpose of writing this article? 答案:C

A. Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.

B. Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.

C. Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.

D. In fact,the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.

Decide which language ( mother tongue or foreign language) each of the sentences below

A We learn quite fast.

B We are not taught but learn anyway. M

C Some people think that we are born with an ability to learn this. M

D We can learn faster if we develop study skills.

E Most people have mastered this by the age of five. M

F We learn this in a special place where we can get help.

G It takes longer to learn this. M

H We Learn this by communicating with others. M

Main idea of each paragragh .

1. The environmental factor of learning mother tongue.

2. Different opinions of language experts.

3. The difference between learning mother and learning a foreign language.

4. The characteristics of successful language learners.

5.Different learning ways of successful language learners

6. The importance of the purpose of learning.

The purpose of writing the passage to tell us that learning a foreign language does not have to be twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.

Integrating Skills

What is the best way to learn a language ? Why ?

I think the best way to do this is to go to a country where the language is spoken.

We can use the language at any places at any time . It’s good for language learning.

2. Is it possible for you to study abroad ? Yes, it is.

3. What should you do before you go abroad?

We should find out as much as possible about different programmes, including the cost and length of our stay.

4. Can you list the advantages and the disadvantages of studying abroad ?

Advantages of studying abroad

1). become fluent in the new language

2). make friends with people from different background.

3). Understand another culture

4). broaden your horizons and improve your understanding of the world

5). learn about yourself and what your culture is really like

6). learn to depend on yourself

Disadvantages of studying abroad

1). Some of them may fall behind in their studies when studying abroad.

2).They may not be able to take classes at the same level as at home.

3). Parents worry about the safety of their children and may also be concerned about the cost.

Choose the main idea of each paragraph

Para. 1 It is possible for a student of any level to study a foreign language in a country where the language is spoken.

Para. 2 Advantages of studying abroad.

Para. 3 disadvantages of studying abroad.

Para.4 What should you do in order studying abroad ?

Phrases

1.make progress 前进;进步

2.make sense of 弄懂…的意思

3.in other words 换句话说;换言之

4.take risks/a risk 冒险

5.experiment with 进行试验;进行实验

6.piles of 一大堆;一大批;一大团

7.knock down 击倒;撞倒

8.that is to say 也就是说

9.fall behind 落后

10.be different from 与…不同

municate with 与…联系;与…交流

12.distinguish…from… 把与区别开来

13.adjust to 调整;调节;使适合;使便于使用

14.in the process 在进行;经过;在…过程中

15.in common (团体)共同的;公有的

16.make mistakes 犯错误

17.make friends with 与…交朋友

18.take (an active ) part in (积极)参加

19.take patience to 有耐心去做….

高三课件 篇12

I. Fast reading

1. In the cave the two brothers discovered______.

A. a secret art museum B. strange-looking animals

C. nothing but paintings D. lots of paintings and carving

2. After they decided to say the night in the cave, they_____.

A. talked about the discovery B. danced excitedly

C. didn’t feel sad at all D. collected enough food

3. The two brothers thought that it looked as if they had stepped into a secret art museum because______.

A. there was a wall of painted animals in the cave

B. there were so many paintings and carvings on the rock

C. they were examining the pictures like visitors to a museum

D. the cave was like an art museum which only the two boys knew

4. Which of the following statements is NOT correct about the writer’s feelings?

A. He was excited because he wanted to tell about the discovery.

B. He felt sad because he couldn’t tell his family they were safe.

C. He was proud they discovered something of great value.

D. He felt disappointed because the cave would become very noisy the next day.

5. Why did the writer think that they were in a better position than their grandparents?

A. Because they were safe and had made a great discovery.

B. Because their grandparents did not know what was happening to them.

C. Their grandparents were very worried, but in fact they were safe.

D. Because they had discovered such extraordinary paintings in the cave.

2. Questions

1. How did the boys feel when they saw the shapes on the rock?

2. What did the writer do then?

3. What astonished them?

4. Why did they stay the night in the cave?

5. Why did the writer feel excited? And why did he feel sad at the same time?

6. Why did the writer want that moment to continue for ever?

7. What did the two boys imagine would happen?

8. What did they wonder about?

9. How old were those carvings and paintings?

10. What was the headline in the newspaper?

3.Language points

1. I got the radio____ again by twiddling(缠绕)with some wires.

A. to work B. working B. worked C. work

2. Many American women are choosing single life or_____ later in life. They are more independent than women______.

A. get married; used to B. Getting married; used to be

C. marrying; used to D. getting marry; used to be

3. I made a great ______in a second-hand bookshop yesterday and got many old books I had wanted for long.

A. discovery B. find C. looking for D. research

4.When the novel Harry Potter ______, it topped best-seller lists for many months.

A. came across B. printed C. came out D. published

5. Many plant species________ by humans and becoming extinct(灭绝).

A. destroy B. are destroying

C. is destroyed D. are being destroyed

6. The Guinness Book of Records is a reference book that______ all types of records about the world and its inhabitants(居住者).

A. covers B. writes C. obtains D. holds

7. Thin oxygen, strong winds, and awfully cold temperatures make_____

impossible for any animal or plant life to exist on the mountain.

A. this B. it C. which D. its

8. Centuries ago, women in Europe ______wear wooden or metal corsets (紧身内衣) to give them thin waists.

A. use to B. used to C. are used to D. were used to

9. Red, often used in fast food restaurants, makes us feel active, _____after we have eaten, we want to get up quickly and leave, thus ____space for more customers.

A. so that; making B. so that; to make

C. however; making D. in case; make

10.In Germany, for instance, ____ there are now very few wolves, a campaign has started to protect wolves.

A. which B. where C. that D. when

11. The successfully man talked about the difficulty ____he managed to collect enough money to start his first company.

A. which B. with which C. with it D. in which

12. _____weather it is, we shall start tomorrow; and I cannot wait any longer.

A. No matter B. What C. Whatever D. Even though

13. ----Have you repaired my watch yet?

----Not yet, but I _____it by 11 am.

A. am repairing B. have repaired

C. will have repaired D. have been repaired

14. It looks as if the rain will continue for some time, but it may____ before dark.

A. turn out B. turn up C. come out D. clear up

15. From 1920 to 1950 many attempts to climb Mount Everest failed _____ the cold and dry air, fierce winds, _____ difficult terrain, and high altitude.

A. as a result B. because of C. so that D. that’s why

1)Still,calm,silent,quiet

eg.Tom was very quiet this morning.

It’s bad manners tokeep silent when the teacher asks you a question.

He stood there still.

Still waters run deep(prov.)

The sea is calm now,but it can also be rough sometimes.

He tried tobe calm,but couldn’t.

2)with+n.+doing/done/to do/adj./adv./prep phrase

eg.With the house burnt,he had nowhere to stay.

He can’t fall asleep with the light on.

With the man leading the way,I found the way easily.

With a report tofinish,he had tostay up until midnight.

He can’t be engaged in the work with such a loud noise outside.

3)clear up

eg.The weather has cleared up.

Her face cleared up as she read the letter.

When you finish your meal,please clear up=fix up the kitchen.

The book has cleared up=solved many problems for me.

They have cleared up the misunderstanding between them.

4)way

on one’s way;in the way;by the way;by way of

eg.I’m writing a report;don’t be in the way.

He went to Beijing by way of Shanghai.

feel/fight/make/wind/find one’s way

eg.It’s so dark in the cinema that we had to feel our way.

After school,the students made their way=headed for home.

5)sense

eg.He dog has a keen ~ of smell.

This word has many ~s.

a ~of pleasure/humor/duty/beauty/safety/justice

There is no ~ in doing that.

in a sense/make sense/make sense of

eg.What you say is true in a ~=in some/a way=to some extent.

What you said at the meeting made no ~.

Can youmake ~ of this poem?

6)word

in a word=as a rule=on the whole/in words/with these words/by word of mouth/leave word/break one’s word/eat one’s words/waste one’s words/have a word with/have words with=quarrel with

参考答案

1.D A D D C

3.B B B C D A B B A B B C C D B

高三课件 篇13

一、教法建议

抛砖引玉

通过本单元的学习,同学们可以了争到蜜蜂传递信息的方法,培养他们认真观察的能力,激发对科学研究的兴趣。

单元双基学习目标

Ⅰ.词汇学习

amazing,spot,surround,astonishment,to one't astonishment,troop,downward

Ⅱ.交际英语

Prohibitions and warnings(禁止与警告)

1.You can't/Mustn't do…

2.If you…,you will…

3.You had better not do…

4.Don't smoke.

5.No noise,please.

6.Look out!/Take care!/Be careful!

7.Make sure you lock the door when you levave!

8.Mind the wet paint!

9.Mind your own business!别管闲事!

10.Watch out where you are walking.

Ⅲ.语法学习

复习定语从句和同位语从句的用法。

指点迷津

kind of 与sort of

1.kind(sort)of后可接单数名词或复数名词,动词用单数形式。例如:

This kind of question(questions)is not easy.

2.也可修饰不可数名词。

That kind of food is too expensive.

3.口语中,学习惯说These kind (s)of+单数或复数名词,动词复数。因其结构不太亚谨,在书面语中常改用另一种说法。试比较:

These kind(s)of flower(S)are very beautiful.

Flowers of this kind (sort)are very beautiful.

These kinks of deer are very rare.

Deer of this kind are very rare.这种鹿非常罕见。

4.综上所述,这类句子有六种说法,归纳如下:

(1)口语说法有:

这种自行车是上海造的。

These kind of bikes are made in Shanghai.

These sorts of bikes are made in Shanghai.

These kinds of bike are made in Shanghai.

(2)标准说法有:

这类事情常常能听到。

This sort of thing is often heard about.

This sort of things is often heard about.

Things of this sort are often heard about.

5.还应注意,在修饰不定代词时,this kind(sort)常放在不定代词之后。例如:

I have never heard of anything of this kind.

6.a kind of…与…of a kind

(1)a kind of表示“一种……”的意思。但并非都可译为“一种”,在对所说事物(人)不能确定其真正含义时,常常译成“大致可以说成是……”,“类似……的东西”。例如:

He is a kind(sort)of genius(天才).

At the same time another kind of paper was developed.同时另一种纸也被研制出来。

(2)…of a kind (sort),也有很多不同的含义。表示“同种类的”,“徒有其名的,劣质的,勉强算是……的”等意思。例如:

Things of a kind come together.物以类聚。

You bought some tea leaves of a sort yesterday.你昨天买了什么劣质茶叶。

The boss gave his workers rice of a kind.那老板给工人们吃极差的米饭。

7.kind(sort)用于复数,也可用of kinds(sorts)形式。应注意修饰kinds(sorts)的形容词也应放在of之后。例如:

People eat different kinds of food (food of different kinds) which change into energy.

He saw all kinds (every kind)of people (people of all kinds/every kind.)

单元重点词汇点拨

1.amazing令人惊异的;了不起的

The new car goes at an amazing speed.

amazing可以作形容词。amazed作形容词是“被惊异”。amazement是名词“惊异,惊愕”。常用词组有:to one's amazement使某人惊异的是……。如:

I was amazed to find him there as well.

To my amazement I came first.

2.surround围绕,包围

Mystery surrounded the actress's death.女演员之死笼罩着神秘的气氛。

该词常用于被动词态。surrounding是形容词“周围的,附近的”。如:

The wall surrounds the church.=The church is surrounded by/with the wall.

We found the village surrounded by a river.

The old man sat there telling stories,surrounded by some children.

The beauty of the surrounding scenery is beyond description.

另外,surrounding还常用复数形式表示“环境,周围的事物”。如:

She like to bring up her child in healthy surroundings.她希望在健康的环境中养育孩子。

单元词组思维运用

1.varieties of多种多样的

in large groups群居

municate with sb与某人交流信息

with bees=make a study of bees=do research on bees研究密蜂

5.to the left 向左。on the left在左边

6.mark sth blue把某物标成蓝色记号

e to light被发现

8.set out to do sth=set about doing sth着手干……

9.fly through the air 在空中飞行

10.be away on holiday外出研究

11.improve one's understanding of增进对……的了解

12.out of the research of够不着的地方

二、学海导航

学法指要

单元难点思路明晰

1.There are also other varieties that do not live in groups at all.还有些蜂根本不群居。

(1)variety n.变化:多样化;种种;种类。如:a variety of fruits 各种水果,make a choice from three varieties of whisky从3种威士忌酒中作一选择,a life full of variety 丰富多彩的生活,different varieties of plant不同种类的植物。

(2)in groups一组一组的;一群一群的。in large groups 大批地。

2.…many more came to it one after another in a short time .不一会儿,越来越多的蜜蜂很快就来了。

(1)one after another一个接一个地(着重表达连续性,且是三者以上),不能变形为one…after another。但one after the other一个接一个地(常指两个间的连续动作),有时也变形为one…after the other。而one by one 一个一个地,依次地(不着重连续性,而着重逐个,各个)如:

They entered the meeting-room one after another.

他们一个个地进了会议室。

We destroyed the enemy forces one by one.我们各不歼灭敌军。

(2)in a short time 很快,不久。in such a short time在如此短时间内。

3.Vone Frisch wanted to find out whether the dance told them how far away the feeding place was .冯弗里施想要弄清楚这种舞是否告诉它们喂食的地方离得有多元。

how far away有多远距离(带与静态性动词连用)。而how far 多远(多与移动性动词连用)。如:

How far did you go?你走了多远?

How far away do you live?你住得多远?

4.Thedancer ran in a straight line,wagging from side to side.跳舞的蜜蜂沿着直线跑,边跑边左右摇摆。

(1)in a straight line以直线的方式。in常用于表达形式、方式、排列等,译作“按照,以,符合于”。如:stand in a cicle站成圆圈,speak in a whisper低声讲话,run in threes and fours三五成群地跑,in a good order井井有条地,in my opinion/view以我之见。

(2)from side to side从一侧到另一侧;左右地。已学过的类似无结构还有:from mouth to mouth中中相传,from sun to sun 从日出到日落,from door to door沿门,挨家挨户地,from day to day 日复一日地,from end to end从头到尾(=from cover to cover),from hand to hand从一人之手到队人之手,from time时常,不时。

5.Back at the hive they watched the wagging dance closely.他们回到蜂房旁,密切注视着摇摆舞。

closely密切地。close 既可作形容词表“密切的”又可作副词表“紧紧地”亲近地。像这种有两种形式的副词在使用中应注意:一般与形容词同形副词不能用在动词之前,而带…ly 的副词可以;与形容词同形的副词不能置于It be…that强调句型中,而带-ly的副词则可以;表示距离远近、物体高度、深度及宽度时,与形容词同形的副词往往表具体含义;而加-ly的副词表抽象意义。又如:

We flew high in the sky.我们在高空飞行。

We think highly of their research.我们对他们的研究评价很高。

6.He set out to discover whether the wagging dance showed direction.他开始着

手发现这种摇摆舞是否表明方向。

set out to do开始干/set about doing开始干/set off for 出发到某地;使爆炸

7.sit up for sb;sit up with sb;sleep late;stay late;stay up

(1)sit up for sb深夜不睡以等待某人;sit up with sb熬夜照看(或护理)某人。如:He sat up for his son, who sat up with hissick mother-in-law.

他深夜不睡等待儿子回家,他的儿子通宵未睡照看生病的岳母。

(2)sleep late睡懒觉;stay late(或stay up late)很晚才睡觉。如:

I wonder why Tom never sleeps late and Mike always stays up late.

我纳闷的是为何汤姆总是不睡懒觉,约翰又为何总是很晚睡觉。

8.put aside,put away,lay up

以上三个词组在作“存钱”之意时,可互换。如:

It's wise to have some money put away(或:laid up,put aside)for old age.为养老而储蓄些钱是明智之举。

但put saide着重“把……这放到一边”暂不去动它,或不做某事,而put away着重“把……收藏起来”以便以后使用。如:

Put your books aside.We are going to have a dictation.

把书放在一边,我们来听写。

Put all the instruments away on the shelf so that they won't yet broden.

把这些仪器收起来放到书架上以免打破了。

9.put an end to; put a stop to

(1)put an end to使结束,使终止,使消灭。如:

That accident put an end to his life .那次事故断送了他的命。

(2)Put a stop to =bring sth to a stop使……停下来(说明只是停止,而不是终结)。如:

It's saining hard, we have to put a stop to the work.

雨下得很大,我们只好停工。

10.owe sb sth;owe sthe to sb

owe sb sth欠某人债务;应向某人表达……。如:

I owe her 20 yuan=I owe 20 yuan to her .我欠她20元。

We owe you an apology(=we owe an apology to you)我们应向您道歉。

owe sth to sb还可表达:应把……归功于……。如:

We owe our happy life to our Party.(注意这时不能改换为:we owe our party our happy life.)我们的幸福生活归功于党。

11.of one's own;on one's own

of one's own“自己的”,常作定语。on one's own“独自地,独立地”,常作状语。如:

We have a house of our own.我们自己有一座房屋。

He directs the film on his own.他独自导演那部影片。

妙文赏析

A Bad Neighbor

Mr.and Mrs.Wu were fed up with their neighbor. He was always borrowing things

from them.

“It's not right,”Mr,Wu said to his wife one evening.“At some time or another that man thing.”

“You're quite right,”hiswife replied,“and most of the thing he's never returned.”

“What i want to know,”her husband said,“is why can't he buy the things he needs,like everyone else?”

“Because people like us are foolish enoughto lend him what he needs,”she replied.“As long as we arewilling to lend,he'll keep on borrowing.”

“Then we'll never lend him anything again,”Mr.Wu said.“The next time he asks to borrow something,I'll say no.”

“We must have a good reason for saying no,”his wife said,“and we must always try to be polite to him.We don't want to make an enemy of the man.”

It was not long before their decision not to lend their neighbor anything ever again was put to the test.

The next morning there was a knock on the door.

Mr.Wu went to answer it.

Their neighbor was standing there.Mr.Wu knew he was going to ask to borrow something,and was ready to refuse him politely.

“Good morning,”their neighbor said,“I'm sorry to trouble you,but I wonder if I could borrow your garden scissors.”

“I'm sorry,”Mr.Wu said,“but I'm afraid my wife and I will be using them today.We'll be spending all day working in the garden.”

“Oh,I see,”the neighbor said ,“in that case,may I borrow your golf clubs?You won't be needing them if you're working in the garden all day,will you?”

思维体操

1.If you were to throw a stone into the Red Sea, what would it become?

2.What is a boxer's motto?

3.What's a 747's motto?

4.What's every baby's motto?

答案:1.wet 2.If at first you don't succeed,try,try again. 3.If at first you don't succeed,fly,fly again. 4.If at first you don't succeed,cry,cry again.

三、智能显示

心中有数

单元语法发散思维

测试中的定语从句疑难点

1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语时,谓语动词要和先行词的性、数保持一致。如:

This is one of the books which were written by Charles Dickens.

He is the only one of the boys in our class who has learned French.

注意:which引导非限制性定语从句时,往往代表前面所说的整个情况。这时which被看作单数,其后的谓语动词应用单数形式。如:

He said he a Frenchman,which was not true.

2.whose引导定语从句时,从句前的先行词可以指人,也可以指物。如:

A young man from our school,whose name I have forgotten,has gone to Scotland.

This is the desk,whose legs we have repaired.(whose legs可改为the legs of which)

3.介词+关系代词

(1)根据动词选择介词。有些定语从句中的介词本身是从句的一部分,这样的介词可位

于关系代词前,也可位于关系代词后,如:

I don't know the foreigner with whom my teacher shook hands.

(或I don't know theforeigner(whom)my teacher shook hands with.)

但要注意:who和that不能直接位于介词后作宾语;有的短语动词是不能拆开的,因为这些介词存在于关系密切的固定短语中,常见的这类短语有:look for,look after等,如:

This is the pencil that Ma Lili is looking for.(对)

This is the pencil for which Ma Lili is looking.(错)

(2)根据先行词选择介词。介词和先行之间构成习惯搭配,此时,介词一般位于关系代词之前,它和从句中的动词不存在逻辑或意义上的关系,如:

He stood by the window,through which he could see what was happening outside.(the window 是介词through的逻辑宾语)

(3)有时,介词+关系代词可转换为关系副词,这样的关系副词一般为when,why,where.如:

This is the house in which(=where)Chairman Mao once lived.

Everyome knows the reason for which(=why)the High Dam was built.

I still remember the day on which(=when)we visied the temple.

4.选用定语从句的引导词时,不能只看先行词,重要的是看引导词在从句中充当什么成份。如:

The evening that people spent singing and playing music was exciting.(充当宾语)

The Summer Palace,where we spent last Sunday,is a famous place.(作状语)

The islands of Britain that we visited last year are made up of four parts.(作宾语)

5.避免关系词的重复,被关系代词所代替的部分不可在从句中复现。如:

The factory where he works there is a large one.(应去掉there)

This is the factory which we visited it last Sunday.(应去掉it)

6.注意关系代词的省略。

(1)关系代词作主语不能省略。

(2)作动词宾语的关系代词,可以省略;作介词宾语的关系代词,如果不直接位于介词后,可省略,如果直接作介词的宾语,不能省略。

(3)关系代词which在非限制性定语从句中作宾语吼不能省略。

(4)reason,way后的关系词可省可不省,如:

This is the reason(for which/why/that)he came last for class.

I don't like the way (in which/that)he talks.

动脑动手

单元能力立体检测

定语从句多项选择专练

1.Finally the thief handed he had stolen to the police.

A.every thing B.that C.which D.all

2.This is the highest building .

A.we have ever built in out school B.that has ever been built since1994

C.where all the senior students will live D.built for us to live in

3.The building are bright at night is our school library.

A.which B.whose windows C.where D.the windows of which

4.The girl is our new English teacher.

A.you spoke to B.that you talded

C.of whom hair is beautiful D.you said something to

5.She has two daughters .

A.two of them are bright B.neither of whom works as a teacher

C.who are both workers D.both of whom have gone to college

6.The person is a professor.

A. who is talking to the shop assistant B.that the shop assistant is talking to

C.whom you are talking D.with who they are talking

7.That is the office my mother once worked.

A.which B.in which C.when D.where

8.The skirt is mine, .

A.whose colour is blue B.that I bought last year

C.which cost me twenty yuan D.whose colour I am interested in

9.The washing machine works well.

A.I bought last Thursday B.my mother is eager to buy

C.whose sides are all white D.that is made is Shanghat

10.Shanghai is the very place .

A.which the foreigners are interested in B.the foreigners are eager to visit

C.where live a lot of foreigners D.what the foreigners like to stay at

11.Joan is one of the best writers .

A.who are thought highly of

B.whose books the people in the world enjoy very much

C.who have published a lot of books

D.that has been given medals

12.the two friends met again,and tehy talked about a lot of things an persons

they could remember at college.

A.who B.whom C.which D.that

13.He is everyone likes to work with.

A.one B.theone that C.the person D.whom

14.This is the modern hotel the visitors can enjoy all good things.

A.which B.in which C.that D.where

15.The earth goes round the sun, even a child knows.

A.which B.that C.as D.it

16.The railway bridge will be finished in two days.

A.which is being built now B.where we visited yesterday

C.we visited yesterday D.where there are a lot of busy workers

17.Is that laboratory ?

A.the one that we visited yesterday B.where we visited yesterday

C.the one we visited yesterday D.that we visited yesterday

18.Is that the laboratory yesterday?

A.we visited B.where we visited yesterday

C.the one we wisited D.which we visited

答案:1.AD 2.ACD 3.BD 4.AD 5.BCD 6.AB 7.BD 8.ACD 9.ABCD 10.BCD 11.ABC 12.D 13.BC 14.BD 15.AC 16.AC 17.AC 18.ABD

创新园地

下面是一些同学们在英语书面表达中经常译错的句子,出错的原因是易受汉语思维的影响。请你试一试

1.我昨天收到了你的来信。

2.感谢您的邀请。

3.在我住在你们家中期间,你们给了我许多帮助。

4.如果你有空的话,请到我们的城市来参观。

5.祝您成功。

6.祝您旅游愉快。

7.今晚将要举行英语晚会。

答案:

1.I heard from you yesterday,/I received/got you letter yesterday.或者:Your letter reached me yesterday.

2.Thank you for your invitation.

3.While/When I stayed in your home,you gave me a lot of help.

4.Please come to our city for a visit if you have time./Please come to our city to visit if it is convenient to you.

5.I wish you to succeed./I wish you successful./I wish you success.

6.May you have a good trip./A good journey to you.

7.There will be an English evening party this evening.An English evening party will be held this evening.

四、同步题库

(一)从下列A、B、C、D中选出一个最佳答案

1.My father persuaded me not to time TV all day and all night.

A.waste;to see B.spend;to watching C.waste;watching st;to see

2.Did you watch the TV broadcast of the football match last night?

B.alive C.living ly

3.She must have known the result of her maths exam, she?

A.mustn't B.haven't C.hasn't D.isn't

4.The manager is over there.Why not make yourself him?

A.know about B.known to C.known by D.known as

5.I'm glad to see you here.But in fact,I know you .

A.don't;are coming B.don't;have come

C.didn't;came D.didn't;were coming

6.These wet clothes should to dry.

A.hung up B.be hung up C.hang up D.be hanged up

7. ,we plant young trees.And the young trees grow taller .

A.Year after year;year after year B.Year by year;year by year

C.Year by year;year after year D.Year after year;year by year

8.She is a good student.She is always the first to school and the last

school.

es;leaves B.to come;to leave

ing;leaving e;leave

9.The museum they visited last week the 15th century.

A.dates from B.dates back from C.dates since D.dating back to

10.Thinking you know in fact you don't is a terrible mistake.

A.that;what B.that;that C.what;that D.what;what

11.I feel like in the fresh air after supper,but I'd like at home today.

A.towalk;to stay B.walking;staying

C.to walk;staying D.walking;to stay

12.-Where are you from?

- .

A.I'm British B.I speak English

C.I was born in Ireland D.i used to live in Wales

13.The that the church is great.

A.part;makes B.parts;plays C.part;plays D.role;play

14.The girl took of the two oranges and gave one to her brother.

A.smaller;bigger B.the small;the big

C.the smallest;the biggest D.the smaller;the bigger

15.To be honest,that problem made me .

A.puzzled;puzzled B.puzzling;puzzling

C.puzzled;puzzling D.puzzling;puzzled

16.Everything must be ready.Chairman Zhang in the minutes.

A.will arrive B.is about to arrive

C.is possible to arrive D.is probable to arrive

17.My cousin went abroad ,that is .

A.in his thirties;in the 1990s B.in his thirty;in the

C.at the age of 30;in 1999s D.at thirty;in 1990's

18.You won't get well unless you the doctor's advice.

A.hear B.listen C.follow D.receive

19.Our headmaster would like with the boy Henry.

A.to have words;whose name is B.having a talk;with the name of

C.have to word;his name is D.to have a word;named

20.-How are you getting along with you work?

-I haven't made I should.

A.so more progress as B.as much progress as

C.as many progress as D.much progress like

(二)完形填空

We are often warned by our teachers not to waste time because time(1)will never return.I think it quite(2).What does time look(3)?Nobody knows,and we can't see it or touch it and no(4)of money can buy it.Time is abstract,so we have to (5)about it.

Time passed very quickly.(6)students say they don't have(7)time to review their lessons.It is(8)they don't know how to make(9)of their time.They waste it in going to theatres or parks,and (10)other useless things.Why do we study every day?Why do we work?Why do most people(11)take buses instead of walking?The answer is very(12).We wish to save time because time is (13).

Today we are (14)in the 20th century.We(15)time as life.When a person dies,his life ends.Since life is short,we must (16)our time and energy to our studies so that we (17)be able to serve the people well in the future.Laziness is the(18)of time,for it not only brings us(19),but also does other(20)to us.If itis(21)for us todo our work today,(22)us do it today and not(23)it until tomorrow.(24)that time is much more(25).

1.A.lost B.passed C.missed D.used

2.A.important B.true mon D.terrible

3.A.for B.like C.after D.over

4.A.amount B.quality C.quantity D.price

5.A.think B.imagine C.examine D.check

6.A.Such B.Some C.Sometime D.Most

7.A.spare B.free C.enough D.much

8.A.reasonable B.why C.because D.certain

9.A.good B.use C.something D.up

10.A.doing B.making C.taking D.getting

11.A.ought to B.have to C.would rather D.had better

12.A.easy B.simple C.obvious D.clear

13.A.worthless B.priceless C.limiting D.little

14.ing B.living C.struggling D.advancing

15.A.look upon B.use C.think D.believe

16.A.devote B.spend C.give D.set

17.A.must B.should C.may D.can

18.A.helper B.thief C.butcher panion

19.A.wealth B.health C.failure D.illness

20.A.danger B.harm C.trouble D.difficulty

21.A.successful nvenient C.necessary D.important

22.A.help B.let C.make D.have

23.A.keep B.remain C.repeat D.leave

24.A.Remember B.Think C.Realize D.Save

25.A.valuable B.expensive C.worth D.fragile

(三)阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。

(A)

There was a time when the owners of shops and businesses in Chicago had to pay large sums of money to gangsters(匪徒)in return for “protection”.If the money was not paid immediately,the gangsters would quickly put a man out of business by destroying his shop.Getting“protection money”is not a modern means.As longago as the fourteenth centruy,an Englishman,Sir John Hawkwood,made the remarkable discovery that people would rather pay large sums of money than have their life work destroyed by gangsters.

Then Sir John Hawkwood arrived in Italy with a group of soldiers and settled near Florence.He soon made a name for himself and came to be known to the Italians as Giovanni Acuto.Whenever the Italian city-states were at war with each other,Hawkwood used to hire his soldiers to those who were willing to pay the high price he demanded.In times of peace,when business was bad,Hawkwood and his men would march into a city-state and,after burning down a few farms,would offer to go away if protection money was paid to them,Hawkwood made large sums of money with this method.In spite of this,the Italians regarded him as a sort of hero.When he died at eighty,the Florentines gave him a state funeral and had his picture painted,which was in memory of“this bravest man”.

1.What protection did Chicago gangsters give to those who paid them?

A.They saved those people's businesses from destruction.

B.They left those people's business unharmed much.

C.They sent soldiers to serve them no matter what help they needed willingly.

D.They didn't take those people's lives

2.Sir John Hawkwook's Italian name‘Giovanni Acuto'was one which .

A.he gave himself in order to become better known to the Italians

B.he earned through his sharp practice of selling his‘protection'

C.he needed so as to hire his soldiers to Italians

D.was given him in telling his services to the others'

3.The Italians regarded Hawkwood as a sort of hero .

A.because they couldn't help admiring his bravery and boldness

B.as he aided the citizens in peacetime when business was bad for them

C.he had played an important role in their daily life

D.for he lived so long and was given a state funeral by the Florentines

4.From the passage,we can guess the gangsters were those .

A.who were of great importance to the poor

B.who made the businessmen do whatever they were in need of

C.who were always ready to be sent abroad

D.who did harm to others

5.According to the writer,Hawkwood was .

A.a sort of national hero B.an experienced leader

C.a brave soldier C.a noble gangster

(B)

The sun had gone behind a cloud.I was very tired and wanted nothing in the world so much as to be at home.At last I got to the gate of Hide Park.But this was worse than ever;there were buses there-high and terribly red cars,taxis and still more buses in an endless line.Everywhere there were people hurrying past or waiting to get into the buses,while I stood lost in the middle of them.

I was ready to cry.In despair,I crossed the street on to an“island”, where I found a policeman. I took my last bit of courage in both hands and said, “Please,sir,where is Addison Road?”He began to explain,but when he saw that I couldn't understand he became helpless,too.“Are you French at school?”A few minutes later,he smiled and raised his hand.How wonderful!The traffic stopped.Even the red buses stood still and waited until I had crossed the road.

6.That is the most probable reason why she was tired out.

A.it had been very hot by then

B.the writer had been standing lost for a long time

C.the writer had been completely lost

D.the writer had been wandering in the park for a long time

7.Because the writer was made so worn out, .

A.she wanted nothing on earth but her home

B.she thought it perfect to stay at home

C.she would never leave her home at all

D.she didn't get to the park on time.

8.In this passage“island”means .

A.a piece of land surrounded by water

B.a raised place in a busy street where people may be safe from traffic

C.a safe place that can omly be used by policemen

D.a safe place that nobody can use without permission

9.Why did the traffic stop? Because .

A.all the drivers could understand French

B.perhaps a certain driver had broken the traffic rules

C.all the drivers knew the policeman very well

D.the policeman was directing the traffic

10.In which country do you think the story happened?

A.Switzerland. B.france.

C.England. D.A certain non-English speaking country.

(四)短改错

is my physics teacher.He has 1.75metres 1.

in the height.He was born on November4,1952.So 2.

he is a middle-aged man. graduated Qinghua 3.

University in 1978.After graduation,he becomes a middle 4.

school teacher.He has been taught physics for 20years. 5.

He is a success as a teacher.He has been given a 6.

lot of honors.He is not only a good teacher in the 7.

physics but also opeak English and Russian very well. 8.

In his spare time,he likes reading books,collect 9.

stamps and listening music.Also, is kind-hearted. 10.

答案:(一)1.C 2.A live“实况的” 3.C。对过去肯定推测的反意疑问句用have与主语相一致。 4.B 5.D对说话前动作的陈述。 6.B 7.D 8.D序数词后常用不定式作定语。 9.A date from=date back to 10.A 11.D 12.A 13.C 该句是为强调part而使其提置句首,后跟that定语从句。play a part/role in 在……起作用;扮演……角色。14.D “the+比较级+of the two+复数名词”表“两者中最……”。15.D puzzling“令人迷惑的”,puzzled“被迷惑的”。16.A“be about to ”不与表将来的时间状语连用。17.A 18.C follow/talk with advice听取……的意见,ask for one's advice征求……的意见。19.D have a word/talk with 和……聊一聊,have words with sb=quarrel with sb和……争吵 20.B

(二)1.A 2.B 3.B 4.A 5.B 6.B 7.C 8.C 9.B 10.A 11.B 12.B 13.B 14.B 15.A 16.A 17.C 18.B 19.C 20.B 21.C 22.B 23.D 24.A 25.A

(三)1-5DBADD6-10DBBDC

(四)1.has改为is 2.去掉the 3.graduated后加from 4.becomes改为became 5.taught改为teaching 6.对 7.去掉the 8.speak改为speaks llect改为collecting 10.listening后加to

孔子课件(推荐十二篇)


老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,所以老师写教案可不能随便对待。教案是评估学生学习效果的有效依据,好的教案课件是怎么写成的?我们听了一场关于“孔子课件”的演讲让我们思考了很多,经过阅读本页你的认识会更加全面!

孔子课件 篇1

一、设计理念

1.在教学中,教师可以根据本单元的“学会标注问题”这一目标,注重培养学生在具体的语言环境中提出问题、解决问题的能力,让学生在充沛的实践中掌握这一阅读方法。

2.根据文章的描写较为疏淡,语言较为平直的特点,设计有利于培养学生想像能力与语言文字表达能力的活动。

二、教学目标

1.通过学习课文,使学生初步了解孔子,了解孔子在今天仍然具有实际意义的教育思想。

2.学生认生字7个,学写10个。联系课文理解和积累“有教无类、因材施教、和颜悦色”等词语。

3.继续练习在自读中作批注笔记,展开讨论,引导学生作好读书笔记。

三、教学时间

两课时

四、教学过程

(一)交流资料,导入新课

1.导入新课:板书“孔子”,学生根据自身的预习情况上台向大家介绍孔子。

2.出示课文插图,学生观察:说说图上画了些什么?

3.过渡:孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家,它一生教过三千多名学生。

4.板书课题:“孔子和学生”,齐读课题。

(关于孔子的相关资料很多,为了教学时不喧宾夺主,课前安排学生收集资料的活动时,我引导学生以小组的形式进行准备:在不超越一分钟的时间里,用喜欢的方式介绍孔子。结果在上课时,有的小组画了画,介绍的是孔子的外貌;有的小组介绍的是孔子的一些思想,背了一些孔子的话,并进行解释;有的小组介绍的是孔子的生平。正如《语文教师教学用书》中所说的:“教学时,没有必要把孔子说得神乎其神,也没有必要对孔子的学说和其对中国历史的影响做过多的分析批判,因为学生将会在后续学习中不时加深对孔子的认识。”所以我做了以上设计,提供一个锻炼平台给学生。学生为了这短短的一分钟发言,要查阅资料,要确定介绍的主题,然后整理资料,要和别的小组沟通,以便准备的内容不“撞车”,还要以集体的智慧训练小组发言人。这样有趣的、充溢智慧的、锻炼能力的课外作业,学生是兴致勃勃地去完成的。)

(二)整体感知,巩固识字

1.过渡:你们预习课文时读了几遍课文?有什么收获?

2.齐读课文,把课文读通、读顺,提醒学生注意读好预习时新认识的字。

3.识字检测:同桌互相听读新认识的词语;在小组中互考认字表的字,并选择其中的一两个字组成词语练习说话;开火车;小老师说识字(解决读音、字形难点);完成学习卡的第一、二题:“拼拼音,再连线。”“找一找,把读音相同的字用相同的符号圈出来。”(认字能力培养方面,从第七册开始,字、词、句的学习仍然是语文学习的重要内容,但应由学生独立完成。学生在课外完成预习后,教师在课堂上要设计互动的平台,检测学生的识字情况。)

(三)默读课文,学会质疑

1.过渡:在读书的时候,我们有时候会发生问题,在无法马上解决的时候,我们该怎么做呢?

2.用多媒体课件出示另一篇文章随文标注问题的例子,感知用符号、线段标注问题或在有疑问的地方用文字标注问题的方法。

3.边默读边圈点自身遇到的问题,教师巡视指导。

4.每人看5名同学的批注,互相学习如何批注问题,再以8人组为单位推选出做得较好的同学上讲台用投影仪展示。

5.小组讨论解决自身在预习中遇到的问题。

6.小组汇报交流情况,提出未解决的疑难问题,一起梳理出有价值的问题在接下去的学习活动中相机引导解决。

7.引导反思:在以上的活动中你学会了什么?

(学生在本单元要学会标注问题。学生对阅读方法的掌握,是在实践中完成的。教师要紧紧围绕这个目标,保证学生有足够的时间实践。在此环节,我考虑到学生的水平差别,进行了梯度推进,先让学生读第一段,进行批注后,和时发现已经学会用问号或横线旁写文字的学生,请他们上来用投影仪在全班展示,激发学生的兴趣;个别学生还有困难,鼓励其先向身边的同学学习后再开始。)

(四)细读课文,合作探究

1.考虑:孔子到底是个怎样的人?为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢?

2.默读课文,边读边考虑,边圈点。

(此环节,教师要巡查学生的课本,务必使所有的学生都能根据问题在有关的语句旁写文字,引导学生简要地记下自身的考虑。上课时,我发现有的学生实在不会,就走到他的身旁,鼓励他走出座位,不出声,悄悄地去看三个同学怎么做,再回到座位做自身的。)

3.组织学生交流自身探究的结果。根据学生的发言教师相机引导学生:

a.个人读、小组竞赛读、齐读有关的语句,用联系上文的方法了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱,一视同仁,理解“有教无类”一词。

b.引导同桌分角色,男女生分角色读孔子与子夏对话,联系下文了解孔子根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育,理解“因材施教”一词。

4.听了孔子的话,“子夏点头称是,他明白这也是老师对自身的教育。”子夏明白了老师教育他什么?

5.小组讨论:孔子的话对我们有什么启发?找一找你在哪方面还需要进步?

6.小组发言人汇报讨论结果。

7.教师小结:在孔子的眼里,每个人都有自身独特的优点,比方颜回的守信用、子贡的聪明、子路的勇敢、子张的严谨庄重,都值得自身学习;比起他人,每个人都必定有缺乏,即使是孔子这样的人,也需要学习。这些思想即使是现在,也很有价值,对我们现在的教师也是很有启发的。所以说他是大教育家。子夏“明白这是老师对自身的教育”,“这”指的是“要不时学习”的道理,我们也受到了启发,相信这会对我们以后的学习态度有很大的影响。

(本环节,教师以问题引发探究,学生在交流阅读所得时学会合作,在合作释疑中领会阅读方法。在阅读中渗透学习态度的教育。本课的生字不多,在此环节的教学中,我贯彻北师大版教材随文识字的原则,结合拼音识字,在读中相机巩固生字词“富裕、选择、谨慎、谦虚”。)

(五)自读摘录,深化感悟

1.读课文,采集孔子的言语,摘录自身喜欢的做摘录笔记,教师指导有困难的学生。

2.把自身摘录的孔子名言小组交流,谈谈自身对它的理解。

3.拓展考虑: 假如你是孔子的学生,你想对他说什么?

(在阅读中积累,积累的过程也是感悟的过程,学生在个性化的积累的同时也积淀了情感,再次对“万世之师”――孔子的进行个性化的解读。)

(六)创设情景,逾越文本

1.对比以下两个句子,你体会到了什么?

孔子告诉子夏:“颜回很守信用,但不懂得变通;子贡聪明,但他不够谦虚……”

孔子和颜悦色地告诉子夏:“颜回很守信用,但不懂得变通;子贡聪明,但他不够谦虚……”

孔子课件 篇2

一、研究目标

从学习的职能来说,独立学习解决现有发展区的问题,合作讨论解决最近发展区的问题。没有独立学习做基础的讨论犹如空中楼阁,没有经过个体独立思考而展开的讨论如无源之水。离开学生的独立学习和深入思考,相互间的交流和讨论就不可能有深度,不可能有真正的互动和启发,对小组内的不同见解、观点跟本无法提出真正意义上的赞同或反对,为了做到吸取有效成分,修正、充实自我观点,所以组织本课中的合作学习。

二、教学目标

1、正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文。

2、体会孔子论水那段话所蕴含的道理。

3、凭借课文的具体语言材料,领会孔子循循善诱的教育方法及师生之间的情谊。

三、教学过程

(一)导入

1、上课之前,我们先来听一首歌。(播放歌曲)知道是什么歌吗?

2、春天,仿佛是大自然的精灵。总是在我们不经意间,悄悄的来到我们身边。装点着世间万物。春回大地千山秀,中国是一个文化的国度。你能在诗歌中找到春天吗?

(二)体悟春情

1、在我们今天要学习的这篇课文中,也有写春的文字,找出来读一读,哪打动了你的下心弦。

2、再次用心读,在你的眼中,这是一位什么样的母亲。

3、仿写

4、引读

(三)感受孔子人格魅力

1、就在这美丽的泗水河畔,

25xx年前的一天,大教育家、思想家孔子,带着他的弟子们尽情地游玩,他们在游玩之时都说了些什么呢?请快速浏览后面的文字,哪段文字给你留下了深刻印象。

2、了解一个人的心灵世界,走进一个人的心灵世界。读读他的话,不失为一种好方法,让我们研读孔子的话,走进孔子伟大的精神世界。自由读,想一想,(1)孔子这段话是围绕哪句话展开的?(2)为什么说水是真君子?

3、(1)小组合作:1每小组任选其中一点说说自己的理由。

2各组员独立思考,有自己的理解

3小组内交流,让感受和想法走向深入。

(2)交流

4、你还能说出水的其他特点吗?

(四)孔子总是想方设法开导弟子,他期待着每个弟子都能成为真君子,于是他兴致勃勃地和子路,颜四说起了志向。

1、子路和颜四的志向各是什么?他们各是怎样的人?

2、孔子听后的反应呢?

3、看了孔子的反应,你觉得他偏心吗?(齐读第10自然段体会)

(五)总结

1、孔子一生都在齐家、治国、平天下的征尘中完美着、饯行着自己君子的心。他的言行影响着世世代代的中华子孙。1982年,美国前总统里根在孔子2533年生辰纪念大会献词中说:孔子高贵的行谊与伟大的伦理道德思想,不仅影响他的国人,也影响了全人类。孔子学说世代相传,揭示全人类丰富的做人处世原则。

2、齐读这段话。

孔子课件 篇3

学习《孔子游春》10-17自然段游玩这部分内容时,首先引导学生自读课文,用说排比句来自主整体地逐步深入地把握、理解课文内容:

师:读后,用这样三个句式来描绘你所看到的泗水河畔美好的情景。一是:在泗水河畔,孔子和弟子们有时有时有时;二是:在泗水河边,弟子们有的有的有的;三是:谈论志向时,有的弟子说有的弟子说有的弟子说。每个排比句并列的句子越多越好,可以把课文没写出来的,你看到的情景想象出来。

师:谁能用第一个排比句式来描绘一下你所看到的泗水河畔的美好情景?

生:在泗水河畔,孔子和弟子们有时唱歌,有时跳舞,有时读书,有时弹琴,有时谈论志向

生:在泗水河畔,孔子有时唱歌,有时谈论志向,有时弹琴,有时侧耳倾听,有时手舞足蹈

生:在泗水河畔,孔子和弟子们有时看景,有时垂钓,有时捕碟,有时采花,有时戏水,有时放风筝

学生自己练说。

师:谁能用第二个排比句式来描绘一下你所看到的泗水河畔的美好的情景?

生:在泗水河边,弟子们有的蹲着,有的坐着,有的躺着,有的趴着,有的站着

生:在泗水河边,弟子们有的采花,有的捕碟,有的垂钓,有的唱歌,有的跳舞,有的弹琴,有的说笑,有的看水

学生自己练说。

师:谁还能用第三个句式来说说,弟子们的心声?

生:谈论志向时,有的弟子说:我希望将来能够为国家,为人民做点事情。有的弟子说:我愿意把车马、衣服拿出来跟朋友们一块儿享用,就是用坏了、穿破了我也不会在意。朋友之间就应该有福同享嘛。有的弟子说:我希望成为一个不为自己表功的人。有的弟子说:我想成为水一样的阵君子。

生:谈论志向时,有的弟子说;我希望能成为一个有德行的人。有的弟子说:我希望自己能成为一个有情义的人。有的弟子说:我希望自己能成为一个有志向的人。有的弟子说:我希望自己能成为一个善施教化的人。

生:谈论志向时,有的弟子说:我想做一个清官,为老百姓伸冤。有的弟子说:我想学会温、良、恭、间、俭、让。有的弟子说:我想做一个孝敬父母的人。有的弟子说:我想成为像老师那样的人,去教育别人,培养人才。

学生自己练说。

师:我们已经看到了泗水河畔美好的春景,看到了泗水河畔动人的情景,这时再来读一读课文10-17自然段,你觉得应该怎样读,才能表现出泗水河边的一切呢?自己先试一试。

学生练读。

师:弟子们的志向和孔子的论水有什么样的关系呢?

生:弟子们是接受了孔子的教育,颜回和子路的志向就是水的一种美德。

师:孔子带弟子们到泗水河边春游的真正目的是什么呢?

生:教育弟子做像水那样的真君子。春游是假,教育是真。

师:孔子、子路、颜回分别给你留下了怎样的印象呢?你觉得他们分别是怎样的人呢?能联系课文内容来说一说吗?

生:孔子是个善施教化的人,他为了教育弟子,特地带弟子们来泗水河边游玩,还用水来教育弟子们。

生:孔子是个和蔼可亲、平易近人的人,因为他和弟子们一起弹琴,唱歌,跳舞

生:孔子是个很有学问的人,他能从水中看成许多美好的品质。

生:子路是个急性子,但是他乐于帮助人。

生:颜回是个温文尔雅、爱思考、沉稳、谨慎的人。

师:在泗水河边,弟子们和孔子一起他们玩得是多么的惬意啊,他们的关系是多么的融洽啊,是多么的亲密啊。课文是怎样赞美这样一种美好的情景的呢?一起读课文最后一句。

生:泗水河畔的春意更浓了。

师:这句话描写的是景色,实际上是在表达什么?

生:实际上是描写师生之间的情谊更浓了。

师:这是在借描写景色来抒发自己的感情,可以叫做借景抒情,一起再读一读这句话。

孔子课件 篇4

教学内容:感受泗水美丽的春景;感受孔子有关水的循循善诱的一段话。

一、导入

1、你知道孔子的哪些名言?板书:孔子

孔子还有句名言:“仁者乐山,智者乐水。”不论是波平浪静还是汹涌澎湃,不论是涓涓细流还是浩浩荡荡,不论是清水一泓还是烟波浩淼,都能让孔子这样的智者流连忘返,赏心悦目。这是为什么呢?课文《孔子游春》或许会给我们一些启迪。

2、齐读课题

二、学习第二节

1、春天到了,孔子听说泗水正涨春潮,便带着弟子们到泗水河边游玩。涨着春潮的泗水河畔,究竟是怎样的一副景色呢?自由读读第二小节,找出描写泗水春景的句子。

(小黑板)阳光普照着大地。泗水河边桃红柳绿,草色青青,习习的春风像优美的琴声,在给翩翩到来的春天伴奏。指读------齐读

2、你瞧,那一幕已经被定格在了画面上。让我们再次来感受一下这泗水河畔的美景。(齐读小黑板)

3、听着你们的朗读,不由让我想起了朱熹笔下的泗水河畔----(引读)胜日寻芳泗水滨,无边光景一时新,等闲识得东风面,万紫千红总是春。

4、此时,我仿佛也来到了泗水河边,感受到了那浓浓的春意。你们呢?让我们用朗读吟出那份春意吧。(齐读小黑板)

5、这么美的春景,看了怎能不让人浮想联翩呢?作者想像的一点也没错,---(小黑板)大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!广袤的大地是她宽广的胸怀,……

6、在每个人心中,母亲是最慈爱,也最美丽,作者如此描写春天,应该怀着怎样的情感?谁来用朗读告诉大家。

森林、太阳和轻风吗?你怎么知道的?(省略号)你会用这样的句式来描写我们的大自然母亲吗?

(滚滚的春雷)是她(前进)的(脚步)(漫天的云朵)是她(洁白)的(衣衫)(茫茫的大雾)是她(神秘)的(面纱)(壮阔的大海)是她(沸腾)的(血液)

8、你们简直就是诗人,你们用诗一样的语言给我们描绘出了诗一样美好的春天。让我们再次来感受一下泗水以及大自然的那份美,同时。(齐读第二节)

二、学习第八节

1、过渡:浪漫的泗水春景让人赏心悦目,但孔子充满智慧和灵性的语言更给我们启迪。

2、(小黑板)孔子凝望看泗水的绿波,意味深长地说;“水奔流不息,是哺育一切生灵的乳汁,它好像有德行。水没有一定的形状,或方或长,流必向下,和顺温柔.它好像有情义。水穿山岩,凿石壁,从无惧色,它好像有志向。万物入水,必能荡涤污垢,它好像善施教化……由此看来,水是真君子啊!" (指读)

3、这段话你理解吗?

(1)这段话哪句话最能概括本节的意思?

(2)“真君子”,这应该是一个很高的评价,你认为怎样的人才算是“真君子”呢?

(3)是啊,就为了这个目标,许多人曾付出了许多的努力,甚至生命。而在孔子眼中,水也是“真君子”?你认同吗?

(4)理解并朗读------水奔流不息,是哺育一切生灵的乳汁,它好像有德行。水没有一定的形状,或方或长,流必向下,和顺温柔.它好像有情义。水穿山岩,凿石壁,从无惧色,它好像有志向。万物入水,必能荡涤污垢,它好像善施教化……

(5)水这位“真君子”仅仅只有这些优点吗?还有什么优点?(提示:孝敬无论什么河流,最后都将投入大海妈妈的怀抱。无私奉献灌溉田地。舍己为人洗净别人,却脏了自己)

4、让我走进这位“真君子”吧,去感受她的伟大吧!齐读小黑板

5、孔子对学生这么说水,其实他的目的是什么?(用水来打比方,巧妙地暗示弟子也要做个真君子)

很聪明充满了智慧。孔子教育弟子做人,却没有直接进行说教,而是用水来打比方,巧妙地暗示弟子。)

7、或许,这就是孔子成为大教育家的原因所在。这么平凡的水,经过孔子的一番议论,成了真君子,这真称得上是“宏论”了。那什么叫宏论呢?(见解高深的言论。)

8、那么让我们再来聆听一下这宏论吧。齐读小黑板

9、弟子们有没有领悟老师的教诲呢?你从哪句话中可以看出来?理解:司空见惯

齐读第9节

三、学习第三段

1、绿草如茵的河畔,弟子们围再老师身边,……泗水河畔,洋溢着浓浓的师生情谊。这浓浓的情谊源于老师对学生的循循善诱,源于学生对老师的教诲的领悟。

子路再次畅谈,他们又在聊些什么呢?你又读懂了什么?自由读读11-17节。

(1)聊了各自的志向。

(2)孔子对两个弟子很满意。因为他们的志向都表明他们要做个真君子。

(3)孔子是个平易近人的老师,能和学生一起载歌载舞。

四、小节

1、春意,我们可以用眼感受到,所以我们感受到了泗水河畔那春意盎然的景色,但更浓的春意,需要我们用心去感受,你能感受到吗?你感受到了什么?

2、是的,所以说,泗水河畔的春意更浓了。这浓浓的春意来自大自然的伟大,来自老师的循循善诱,来自学生的高尚志向。

五、作业

~~~~~、孔子游春、

孔子游春教案已经送给我们的同学们了,同学们认真的去做吧,我相信我们大家的学习成绩通过努力一定能够有一个不错的成绩的。

孔子课件 篇5

【学习目标】

仆”等尘”等相距、学问”等14个词语。

流利、有感情地朗读课文。了解孔子拜师求学的经过,感受孔子、老子的品行。

谦虚,永不满足,为人要真诚、无私、尊敬师长。

【课前准备】

孔子讲学、孔子论著以及人们纪念孔子的场景)。

2、自制生字词卡片。

3、学生自读课文,记下疑问。

第一课时

一、情境导入

1、谈话:同学们,在两千多年前的春秋时代,我国有一位伟大的思想家和教育家,叫孔子(板书:孔子)让我们随着这段录像一起走近孔子。

2、播放多媒体课件。看了这段录像,你想说些什么?(学生根据课件内容自由说说。)

3、引入:为什么孔子能成为一位伟大的思想家和教育家?学了《孔子拜师》这篇课文,就能揭开这个秘密。

(以课件燃起学生对孔子的景仰之情,并为全文的学习创设情境。)

二、初读感知

1、学生自由朗读课文。

2、检查词语掌握情况。

指名朗读这些词语:日夜兼程风尘仆仆纳闷风餐露宿毫无保留传授佩服。(注意读准加点字的字音)。

3、检查课文朗读情况。

4、感知课文大意。说说课文讲了些什么。

三、研读感悟

1、孔子和老子给我们留下了很深的印象,请你用“一”标出文中让你感动的句子,并在文中注一注你的感受。

2、读一读你画的语句,把自己的感受说给同座听。

3、班级交流读书感受:

学生结合文中的重点语句并联系生活实际,谈自己的感受。

⑴谈孔子。

他总觉得自己的知识还不够渊博,三十岁的时候,他离家乡曲阜,去洛阳拜大思想家老子为师。

曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,孔子风餐露宿,日夜兼程,几个月后,终于走到了洛阳。

孔子想:这位老人大概就是我要拜访的老师吧!于是上前行礼……

孔子连忙说:“学后孔丘,特地来拜见老师,请收下我这个学生。”

学习是没有止境的。

从此,孔子每天不离老师左右,随时请教。

(披文入情,缘情悟文,舍其一,语文的功能就减少了许多。)

⑵谈老子:

你就是孔丘啊,听说你要来,我就在这儿迎候。研究学问你不比我差,为什么还要拜我为师呢?

老子也把自己的学问毫无保留地传授给他。

⑶学生综合谈对孔子、老子的印象。

四、课后作业

结合课文或课外搜集的资料谈谈自己对孔子或老子的印象。下节课,班内召开“我心中的孔子”,“我心中的老子”读书汇报会。

第二课时

一、复习引入

书写生字:

同桌交流记忆这些生字的方法。注意“丘”与“兵”的区别,“尘”上面“小”字的写法。然后练习写生字。

老子给你留下了什么印象?

3、引入:大家能通过朗读把你的感受读出来吗?

二、朗读感悟

1、生自由练读。

2、生读自己感受深刻的语句(提醒学生读好写孔子和老子交往时的态度的词语以及礼貌用语)。

3、师引读。

三、演读感悟

1、分小组演一演。

老子的印象。

(演读让学生进一步受到情感的熏陶与感染,真情面对人物形象。)

四、抄写词语表中的词语

先议论一下哪些字写的时候要特别注意。写完后适当展示、指导。

五、读书汇报

学生结合搜集的资料,班内召开“我心中的孔子”和“我心中的老子”读书汇报会,从多方面介绍孔子和老子(鼓励学生引用孔子的名言)。

孔子课件 篇6

教学要求:

1.正确、流利、有感情朗读课文。

2.通过具体的语言文字,领会孔子循循善诱的教育方法及师生间浓浓的情谊。

3.体会第8自然段孔子所说的那段话所蕴含的道理。

一、复习

课文主要讲了一件什么事可以分为几部分

二、精读课文:

1.反复轻读课文,找出你感受深的句子。

2.小组合作,讨论交流。

3.全班交流:

出示:阳光普照着大地,泗水河边桃红柳绿,草色青青,习习的春风像优美的琴声,在给翩翩到来的春天伴奏。大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!广袤的大地是她宽广的胸怀,茂密的森林是她飘逸的长发,温暖的太阳是她明亮的眸子,和煦的轻风是她甜蜜的絮语

(1)自由朗读。

(2)引导学生谈感受:这段话美在哪儿?写出了什么?

(3)展开想象,练习说话:

(4)指导朗读这一段话。

(5)齐读这一段话。

(6)练习背诵这一段话。

(7)泗水春景这么美丽,所以孔子带弟子到河边游玩。齐读第一自然段。

出示:孔子凝望看泗水的绿波,意味深长地说;水奔流不息,是哺育一切生灵的乳汁,它好像有德行。水没有一定的形状,或方或长,流必向下,和顺温柔.它好像有情义。水穿山岩,凿石壁,从无惧色,它好像有志向。万物入水,必能荡涤污垢,它好像善施教化由此看来,水是真君子啊!

(1)自由读,思考:

这一段话是围绕哪一句话写的?

(2)水与真君子之间有那些相似的地方?

(3)善施教化后有个省略号,省略了什么?(水的其它特点)

那你觉得能合理的补充那些特点呢?(心地善良、胸怀宽广、博学多才、孝亲敬长)

(4)从中你有什么体会吗?

(孔子教育弟子做人,却没有直接进行说教,而是用水来打比方,巧妙地暗示弟子。孔子循循善诱、很聪明充满了智慧。)

(4)指导朗读这一段话。

(5)齐读这一段话。

(6)练习背诵这一段话。

(8)分角色朗读3---9自然段。

出示:子路是个急性子,老师的话音未落就开了腔:我愿意把车马、衣服拿出来跟朋友一块儿享用,就是用坏了,穿破了我也不会在意。朋友之间就应该有福同享嘛。

温文尔雅的颜回经过深思熟虑,从容不迫地说;我希望成为个不为自己表功的人。

(1)自由读。

比较子路和颜回的性格有什么不同?从哪些词语可以看出?

你能不能联系课文内容,说说有福同享的意思?

(2)分角色朗读这两段话。

(3)讨论:子路和颜回的性格你欣赏谁,不欣赏谁?

(4)孔子对子路和颜回的志向持什么态度?设想一下,孔子为什么这样做?(颜回、子路的志向表明了他们是一个真君子,孔子很满意。)

(6)分角色朗读课文10---17自然段

(7)孔子让学生在游玩中谈志向,你对这位大教育家又有何评价?

三、小结:

谈谈学了这篇课文后,你有什么收获?

四、作业:

1、有感情的朗读课文。

2、收集有关孔子的故事,言论。

孔子课件 篇7

自主学习、合作交流课文第一段。

1、出示挂图,请同学们仔细看图,说说图上有哪些景物。

2、课文是怎样描绘这幅美景的?

3、自由朗读第一段,用括号标出描写泗水河边春景的句子。然后找出你认为写得最精彩的一句话,把它多读几遍,认真体会。

4、齐读描写泗水河边春景的句子。

5、品读语句。

6、(映示投影)比较下面两组句子,看哪一种说法好,为什么?(投影内容如下)

(1)a,泗水河边桃花开了,柳树发芽了,小草也发芽了,风轻轻地吹着。

b,泗水河边桃红柳绿,草色青青,习习的春风像优美的琴声,在给翩翩到来的春天伴奏。

(2)a,大地是她的胸怀,森林是她的长发,太阳是她的眸子,轻风是她的絮语……

b,广袤的大地是她宽广的胸怀,茂密的森林是她飘逸的长发,温暖的太阳是她明亮的眸子,和煦的轻风是她甜蜜的絮语……

7、质疑。引导学生体会大自然像一位伟大的母亲,不仅是形似,还有神似----奉献精神。

8、指导背诵第一段。

孔子课件 篇8

教学目标

1、会认7个生字,会写12个生字。正确读写“远近闻名、远近闻名、相距、学问、风尘仆仆、纳闷、迎候、等候、止境、长进、请教、保留、传授、敬重、品行”等词语。

2、有感情地朗读课文

3、了解孔子拜师的经过,激发对大思想家孔子和老子的崇敬之情。

4、积累课文中的好词佳句,能用查字典、联系生活或结合上下文等方法理解词句的意思。

教学重点:

1、能用查字典、联系生活或结合上下文等方法理解词句的意思。

2、通过品读和积累语句,体会孔子的谦虚好学、不畏艰辛及彬彬有礼的品质和老子谦逊有礼、诲人不倦的品质。

教学难点:

1、理解“风餐露宿、日夜兼程、渊博、风尘仆仆”等词语。

2、孔子和老子品行的感悟。

教学准备:

1、课前搜集有关孔子的生平、名言等资料。

2、预习课文,对不理解的词通过查字典理解。教学过程:一、导入新课1、同学们,在北京第29届奥运会开幕式上孔子的三千弟子手捧竹简,齐诵论语的宏壮场面大家还记忆犹新吧?悠悠中华上下五千年,我们中华传统文化的博大精深为世人所喟叹。哪位同学也能给大家诵上几句孔子的名言呢?老师也积累了不少呢,听听你是否也耳熟能详?子曰:见贤思齐焉,见不贤而内省也。子曰:敏而好学,不耻下问,是以谓之文也。子曰:知之者不如好之者,好之者不如乐之者。这些都被记录在《论语》这部书里,建议同学们课后可以和爸爸妈妈一起来读论语,一定会受益匪浅的。(设计理念:这既调动了同学们学习文章的热情,又将古典文学潜移默化的植入孩子的心灵深处,为之自豪骄傲的同时,我们何不一起来亲自感受一下呢!听听读过论语的孩子的娓娓道来,让其他在座的孩子们刮目相看、啧啧称赞,老师的侃侃而谈和对论语的钟爱,又让很多孩子感觉到似曾相识。)2、孔子究竟是一个什么样的人,他对我国几千年历史发展有哪些贡献呢?请同学们打开课后的(资料袋),我们一起学习了解一下。今年的奥运圣火传递山东站就在孔子故乡曲阜传递呢,这是我们山东人的骄傲。3、在两千年漫长的历史长河中,儒家文化之所以能够成为中国的正统文化,并影响到世界各国,成为整个东方文化的基石,而由于孔子的卓越贡献和深远影响,使他成为“至圣先师”“万世师表”,这与他的优秀的品行是分不开的。今天我们就来学习第13课孔子拜师,齐读课题。看看通过孔子拜师这个小故事,你能从中了解到孔子的哪些优秀品行,从课文的哪些具体语句或事件能反映出孔子的崇高品行?请同学们自己读课文边读边思考,可以边划边在旁边写出自己的感想。(设计理念:“一石激起千层浪”我们也要和爸爸妈妈一起读论语,我们也要去感受论语,我们也要去认识孔子,去找寻孔子的足迹,去了解学习孔子的优秀品行)二、学习新课1、决意拜师——谦虚好学谁愿意把第一自然段读给大家听,这一段告诉我们孔子当时是个什么样的人?(远近闻名 知识渊博)渊博的意思?可他仍然(决意拜师)可以看出孔子的什么优秀品行?(谦虚好学)对,三人行必有我师焉,孔子的谦虚好学也可见一斑了。2、拜师途中——不怕吃苦在(拜师途中)孔子都经历了哪些艰辛,遭遇了哪些困难呢?请同学们默读第二段,划出相关的语句读一读。指名读、齐读大屏幕句子。我们文登到威海就有一百里的路途,坐客车尚且需要一小时的路程,而曲阜和洛阳相距上千里,有十倍这样的距离,可谓是(千里迢迢)。那时没有现代化的交通工具,他可能要徒步经历严冬或酷暑,可能要顶着狂风或骤雨,饿了就——,渴了就——,困了就——,是啊,干粮吃完了就摘野果充饥,渴了就到河边小溪里喝几口解解渴,困了就倚着大树或者墙根合合眼,这样在露天吃饭露天睡觉,用书上的成语说可真是(风餐露宿)啊!字典里的意思就是用来形容旅途或野外生活的艰苦。天黑了,孔子你就停下来休息休息吧,等睡足了,天亮了再走吧,行吗?因为想早点见到老师,学到知识,于是他不分白天黑夜的赶路,用书上的成语来说是(日夜兼程),我们可以看出孔子对学习知识的迫切心理,还有哪个词可以看出拜师途中的不易和艰辛呢?“终于”,表现了孔子的什么品行?(不怕吃苦)是啊,短短的一句话,把孔子为了求知如饥似渴,从而不畏艰辛的品行表现的淋漓尽致,请同学们通过这些词语体会孔子的心理和情感,把自己的感受读出来。自由练习读、谁想读给大家听,她读得怎么样?那你读一读,还有谁来读?她读得怎样? 好,你们想得很有道理,请同学们集体朗读这段话。(有感情朗读)(设计理念:通过感受文登、威海与曲阜、洛阳的路程差距,懂得千里迢迢;通过创设具体情境,引导学生懂得风餐露宿和日夜兼程,这恰好与孔子平日“饭疏食,饮水,曲肱而枕之,乐亦在其中”的思想巧妙结合,彰显孔子不怕吃苦、志在求学的品行。)3、初次会师——彬彬有礼孔子虽然在路上遭遇了许多困难,但凭着不怕吃苦的精神和对知识的渴求,最终到了洛阳,见到了老子,(初次会师)这时候的孔子是什么样子的?(风尘仆仆)这个词语可以看出他满面困色和土色,不远千里饱经了风霜,历经了艰辛啊。老子呢?此时,你们就是风尘仆仆的孔子和白发苍苍的老子,你们俩见面了,请同桌两个练习表演朗读他们见面的情形,哪两位同学愿意到台前来表演一下这两位大圣人的伟大相遇。刚才这两位同学的表演颇有两位伟人的大家风范,大家热烈的掌声就给他们的表演做了极大的肯定。请看大屏幕上出示的字条中,有哪两对近义词,(着重号)真是火眼金睛啊!拜访是敬辞,访问的意思,拜见是会见的意思,是从客人方面说的,同学们再读,品味一下他们的细微差别。迎候和等候都有等待的意思,但迎候含有迎接的意思,等候却不表达迎接的意思,我们把这两个词互换好不好?为什么?结合当时的语境,谈谈你的理解。对,老子说我在这儿迎候是出于对客人的礼貌,而孔子是晚辈向长辈致谢就不能说老子还迎接他,看,老子孔子的一言一行、一行礼和再行礼都足以看出他们身上所具备的什么样的优秀品行?(彬彬有礼)还有哪些地方可以看出孔子和老子的谦逊有礼呢?大概、老人家、您、请、多谢等等,这些举止言谈都足以彰显他们彬彬有礼的优秀品质。(设计理念:终于见到了老子,通过孔子的“您、请、多谢、大概、老人家等等”言语和一行礼再行礼都生动的诠释了他的“文质彬彬\然后君子”和“非礼勿言\非礼勿动”的观点,那么孔子“彬彬有礼”的品行,学生就不难接受和理解了。)4、老子说孔子研究学问并不比自己差,(老子的谦虚)可孔子仍要拜他为师,这也是孔子拜师的根本原因了,孔子自己对此是如何做出解释的?大屏幕显示这段话,指名读,用一个四字词来概括是(学无止境)联系你的生活实际,结合生活中你周围的亲人、老师、朋友、同学,谈谈你对这句话的理解或体会。是啊,孔子这样的大教育家都能向别人虚心求教,何况我们小学生要学习的还有很多很多,读完中学大学还有研究生,参加工作后还得不断的学习进修,我们只有学习孔子的谦虚好学、不怕吃苦的精神,勤学好问,广泛大量的阅读,才能学有长进!送给大家一句话,请看大屏幕:(书山有路勤为径,学海无涯苦作舟。)(设计理念:整个故事孔子拜师的根本原因,孔子自己对此也做出了学无止境的解释,同学们也联系实际生活中自己身边的亲人`同学`朋友的事例,再结合着孔子勤奋好学、不怕吃苦的精神,很好的体会并积累了“书山有路勤为径,学海无涯苦作舟”的名言警句。)5、拜师求学——勤学好问从此,孔子(认真求学),每天不离老师左右,不懂就随时请教,可见他(勤学好问)的美好品行,如果用孔子的名言来说,孔子怎么学?生:温故而知新。学而时习之。知之为知之,不知为不知。(课后习题)这些都是我们可以借鉴的好的学习方法。6、传授学问——诲人不倦老子则是如何把自己的学问传授给孔子的呢?(毫无保留)由此可见老子是一位怎样的老师呢?(诲人不倦)(设计理念:课文结尾处,更是表现了孔子和老子的“敏而好学、不耻下问、学而不厌和诲人不倦“的崇高品行,并巧妙的通过“随时请教和毫无保留”这样浅显易懂的词言简意赅的将其表达出来,此时借助课后孔子的名言将孔子好的学习方法和态度拿来借鉴学习是不无裨益的。)7、总结全文请同学们看大屏幕上课文的最后一段,请找出你认为最能体现他们品行的两个词语,将这个句子补充完整。谁想上台来填写(谦虚好学   诲人不倦)请大家齐读这段话。                三、巩固积累大家看,这节课我们积累了这么多的好词佳句,想不想赶快记住并且运用它,那就让我们齐读两遍,看谁记得最快最牢。四、布置作业孔子、老子是我国的大思想家,他们创立的儒家、道家学说是中华文化的精华。中华传统文化像一座巨大的宝库,让我们课后去搜集他们的一些故事,去感受一下这丰富多彩的传统文化吧。  五、板书设计13 孔子拜师决意拜师——谦虚好学拜师途中——不怕吃苦初次会师——彬彬有礼拜师求学——勤学好问传授学问——诲人不倦

读书破万卷下笔如有神,以上就是一米范文范文为大家带来的10篇《三年级《孔子拜师》教案》,能够给予您一定的参考与启发,是一米范文范文的价值所在。

孔子课件 篇9

《孔子游春》教后反思

蒋琳

《孔子游春》一课,我备了几次课,上了两次,每次都有不同的发现和认识。

第一部分的教学中,我先从简单介绍孔子入手。课前,我已经带着学生读了《语文课文拓展阅读》上的许多关于孔子的文章。学生对孔子有所了解了,但这都是笼统的,贴标签似的,只是为学生的学习提供了一个方向,还没有细化。接着,让学生概括课文的主要内容。这项训练是学生学习每篇课文必练的。因为,概括能力是阅读短文中必备的一项能力。特别是六年级的学生要有一种一下子抓住文章主干的能力。

第二部分想象美景,练习说话,感情朗读。主要是为了让学生感受春的美丽,理解大自然为什么像伟大的母亲。在想象说话的这一环节中,学生的想象很丰富。把嫩绿的小草比作妈妈的眼睫毛,多么富有童趣啊!这一部分我没有花太多的时间,因为我要把时间放在“论水”的部分。

第三部分的教学由引读入手,过度到第八自然段,请学生思考,为什么称水为真君子?这一小节是全文的重点和难点,针对这一自然段我也思考了很久,想了很多办法。第一次试上时,学生听得云里雾里,不懂。除了个别学生对“有德行”、“有志向”、“善施教化”有点想法外,大多数学生是旁听的。课后,我想,怎么办呢?我就想到,其实,从一年级到六年级,我们学了许多关于水的课文,平时晨会课上,我也经常读《青年文摘》上的文章,也读过一些关于水的文章。我就想让学生用旧的知识联系现在学的东西,或许能悟出些什么。我让学生回家读这些文章。但在课堂上学生默读的时候,我转了一下,大部分学生还是觉得很困难。特别是“有情义”这一部分,两个班的学生都不约而同地提出了自己的困惑。第一次试上时,我就自己说出了答案。第二次上课前,我突然想到了《雨点》这首儿歌。因为有次听高林生老师的讲座,他就说过《雨点》的意境是很深刻的,水这一个普通的事物有着很深的社会意义。它能以不变应万变,和谐的处在不同的环境中。于是,我就运用这首儿歌来理解水的“有情义”。雨点为什么不管落到哪里都是那么快乐、活泼呢。那是因为它能与周围的环境和谐相处。我想肯定有学生听懂了,但也许还有学生不懂。

刘芬老师在课后给了我一个很好的提示,她查了字典,“情义”的解释是:亲属、同志、朋友相互之间应有的感情。我突然意识到也许学生连这个词语都不懂。如果从这个词语入手,也许有些问题能迎刃而解了。水是怎么与周围的朋友建立感情的呢,就是因为它的谦逊、温柔、从不计较,它总是那么和顺,和谐地与他人相处,并默默地奉献自己。

时岚老师建议我把水与孔子的因材施教联系起来讲解,孔子针对不同的学生能以不同的方法对待,和谐地与三千弟子相处,所以,师生之间的感情很深。

我听后恍然大悟,我觉得我上了两次课,已经思考了许多,但还是思考的不够。语文真是太深奥了。也怪不得孔子在论水育人前,要“遇水必观”啊。

第三部分的教学主要以分析两个弟子的志向和人物性格。

第四部分是让学生联系全文来谈谈孔子给你留下了怎样的印象。学生在整理、概括的过程中对孔子的了解更全面、更深入。学生在课堂上基本都讲全了,个别细节由于时间的关系也没来得及完成。

可以说,第二次上课有了改进,但还是存在一些问题。但我不怕问题,因为,我要在问题中反思,在问题中成长。

孔子课件 篇10

《孔子游春》一课生动地描述了孔子带弟子到泗水河畔游赏,巧借河水诱导弟子的故事。在教学这课时,我试抓住文中一幅春景图、一首赞水诗、一首志向歌来引导学生感悟。

一、共赏春景图,感悟大自然和谐之美

文中有这样一段文字:

阳光普照着大地,泗水河边桃红柳绿,草色青青,习习的春风像优美的琴声,在给翩翩到来的春天伴奏。大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!广袤的大地是她宽广的胸怀,茂盛的森林是她飘逸的长发,温暖的太阳是她明亮的眸子,和煦的轻风是他甜蜜的絮语

在引导学生反复品读,交流畅谈泗水河畔盎然春色的基础上,追问:在你的眼中,这是一位什么样的母亲?为什么?学生结合上述语句谈到这是一位多情的、慈祥的、胸怀博大的母亲等等。随后,我又启发学生赞美如画的春景色和大自然这位伟大的母亲:

如此美的春景,一定也激起了同学们对春天的美好回忆和无限向往,这位伟大的母亲还有许许多多值得我们赞颂的地方。我们也能用这诗一般的语言赞美她吗?随之,屏幕展示:高山、野花、草原、河流、大海、月光配上轻音乐,试用大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!

!来赞美春色,体会大自然的和谐美。学生在画面音乐及语言的渲染下,一幅幅画面展现在眼前,一句句优美的语句自然流淌出。(大自然多像一位伟大的母亲!

弯弯的月亮是她亲切的微笑;闪烁的星星是她耀眼的首饰;绚丽的晚霞是她羞怯的红晕;缥缈的白雾是她神秘的面纱;

连绵的山峰是她健美的臂膀;滔滔的长江是她流动的血液;清澈的泉水是她甘甜的乳汁;芬芳的花香是她青春的气息;

茂密的森林是她飘逸的长发)

二、同吟赞水诗,领悟水之真君子风范

水奔流不息,是哺育一切生灵的乳汁,它好像有德行;水没有一定的形状,或方或长,流必向下,和顺温柔,它好像有情义;水穿山岩、凿石壁,从无惧色,它好像有志向;万物入水,必能荡涤污垢,它好像善施教化由此看来,水是真君子啊!

文中这段孔子关于水的论述是教学的重点,也是学生学习的难点,如何与学生共同吟诵好这首赞水诗,领悟水的这些真君子风范呢?我先组织学生在自读自悟的基础上,于小组内开展讨论,交流自己悟到的或存在的疑惑,然后引导紧密联系孔子说的话,在全班交流,共同探讨。从而领悟到水有无私哺育万物的德行,水有和顺温柔的情义,水有穿凿岩壁的志向,水有荡涤污垢的感化力接着,启发学生谈谈在你心目中,君子是怎样的人?从而与学生共同小结:水滋润万物,哺育众生,像君子一样无私仁厚;水和顺温柔,真似君子温文尔雅恬淡的性情;水穿山岩、凿石壁,胸怀志向,多像君子般百折不挠得坚贞情操;水能荡涤污垢,还万物本真洁净的姿彩,多像教人求真求善求美的君子风范!

三、合唱志向歌,畅谈自己美好志向

文中第三部分主要描述了弟子们在孔子的诱导下,畅谈自己志向的情景。相信学生对孔子两位得意门生的志向谈论不难理解,所以我把这一部分的教学要点放在引导学生谈自己的志向,从而引导我们的学生也从孔子及其弟子的言论中有所悟,有所得。从课上反映来看,学生也并不隐讳自己的想法,能畅所欲言,尽管对小学生来说,要言行一致,付诸于实际,仍需很多努力,但至少也进一步明确了一点奋斗方向。

四、再思游春景,悟得教育家之精髓

本文不仅洋溢着浓浓的师生情谊,而且孔子作为中国古代的大教育家和思想家,其教育思想透过课文可窥一斑。

教学接近尾声,我引导学生思考:读了文章,你觉得孔子作为一个老师,有哪些值得赞赏的地方?学生再次回顾全文后,进行了讨论,从不同的角度对孔子进行了评价。听了学生的讨论,我感到他们对文章已有了较深刻的理解,也能够从多方面进行思考问题。我与学生共同归纳出了几个方面:

(1)孔子与弟子民主平等的师生关系。本文洋溢着浓浓的师生情谊,是读后的一大感受。例如:绿草如茵的河畔,弟子们围在老师身边,有的蹲着,有的坐着。老师拨动琴弦,弟子们跟着唱起歌来。当孔子听完性格不同的子路和颜回各自的志向后,孔子用赞许的目光看着他们,微微地点了点头。当颜回弹琴唱歌时,孔子先是侧耳倾听,过了一会儿,竟情不自禁地手舞足蹈起来。等等。丝毫看不出孔子有半点师道尊严的架子与面孔,师生俨然是一种朋友关系。正是在这种民主平等的师生关系的基础上,弟子们才能畅所欲言,师生才能共同探讨,实现教学相长。

(2)孔子善于在生活中,在具体的环境中教育学生。教育即生活。据载,孔子对弟子的教育又绝不仅仅局限于课堂,局限于教材,而是积极地引导学生走进生活,走进大自然,像文中,走近泗水河畔,让一花一草含情,一树一木开口,一山一水育理。利用生活这部博大精深的教科书教育弟子,这一教育思想同今天我们提倡的大教育观的教育理念是相一致的。

(3)启发式的教育思想。孔子积极倡导不愤不启,不悱不发的教育思想。本文就是一个很好的佐证。孔子带领弟子到泗水河畔去游玩,游玩中巧借河水诱导弟子,乍一看,孔子的这次教育活动是一种偶然,实则不然。我们不妨这样思考一下:春天到了,孔子为什么选择到泗水去游玩而不是别的地方?这是因为孔子听说泗水正涨春潮,此时的泗水正是生机勃勃的时期。那么,孔子又为什么选择有水的地方呢?那是因为孔子遇水必观,其中一定有道理。(颜回语)由此,我们可以推断,在此之前,孔子早已有了关于水的宏论,这次泗水之行是孔子精心设计的一次教育活动。当孔子在全神贯注地凝视泗水时,弟子们都用疑惑的眼光望着老师,并且颜回说:老师遇水必观,其中一定有道理,能不能讲给我们听听?此时弟子们已经达到一种愤、悱的状态,孔子见时机已到,便引发了一场关于水是真君子的谈论。弟子们听后无不惊讶,都没想到老师从这司空见惯的河水中看出如此深奥的道理!可见,弟子们所受到的教育是多么的深刻!孔子不是采用直接告诉学生的教育方法,而是让学生在具体的情境中自己去感悟,去发现。在这次教育活动中,孔子没有去告诉弟子,而是引导弟子主动去发现,从而达到自我教育,这一启发式的教育思想对我们今天的教育教学都有积极的指导意义。

孔子课件 篇11

一、教学目标

1.结合课文和运用字词典等工具书,自学本课“仲”等10个会认或会写字,理解“教育、儒家、核心、厉害、抱怨、祭祀、己所不欲,勿施于人、推人及己、翻来覆去”等词语。

2.引导学生理解课文,结合上下文理解重点句子,了解孔子在中华文化史上的重要地位及其思想主张。

3.能给课文中的小故事试着加小标题,收集并了解一些孔子的其它精辟言论。

4.能复述课文其中的一或两个小故事。

二、教学重难点

1.“己所不欲,勿施于人”等重点词句的理解。

2.了解孔子在中华文化史上的重要地位及其基本思想主张。

三、教学准备

孔子的一些精辟言论、相关图片与资料。

四、教学方法

谈话法、读书指导法、讲授法、讨论法。

五、教学设计

(一)激疑导入,揭示课题

1.出示并齐读课后“阅读链接”。

2.同学们,上学期我们已学过“有朋自远方来,不亦乐乎”、“知之者,不如好之者;好之者,不如乐之者”、“学而时习之,不亦说乎”等名人名言,你知道这些言论是出自哪位名人的话吗?

3.不错,这些话就是出自我国古代著名思想家、教育家、儒家学派创始人——孔子之口。你了解孔子吗?今天,就让我们一起穿越时空来了解一下他吧。

4.板书课题并齐读:21孔子

(二)初读课文、读准、读通

1.学生自由轻声朗读全文,教师提醒读准生字音,看清字形划出不懂的字词并结合上下文、工具书来理解;对确实不理解的字词,可与同学小声讨论。

2.检查阅读情况。

(1)指名学生依次朗读各个自然段,师生共同评点朗读情况,注意正音

(2)你还有哪些字词不理解的?共同解决,教师释疑。

(三)再读课文,理清层次

1.导入:我们扫除了基本的阅读障碍,下面就让我们把时光倒回到春秋时期,看看孔子都有哪些故事吧。

2.快速阅读课文,看看讲了关于孔子的几个小故事。

(四)逐段学习,感悟理解

1.齐读第一自然段。

(1)这一自然段主要写的是什么?

(2)汇报、评议。

(3)小结:这自然段主要介绍了孔子的生平概况及其在中华文化史上的重要地位。

(4)结合课文插图中的孔子像,指导学生用称赞的语气齐读第一自然段。

2.学习课文第二自然段。

(1)导入:作为我国古代伟大的思想家和教育家的孔子,他的“伟大”之处体现在哪些方面呢?请同学们带着以下思考题默读课文第二自然段。

(2)出示思考题,学生自读,并划出相关语句。

A、孔子最主要的成就是什么?

B、《论语》的重要价值是什么?这部书的核心思想又是什么?

(3)讨论以上问题,教师适时点拨、释疑。

(4)小结段意:这自然段主要讲《论语》的由来及其重要价值和核心思想。

(5)谁愿意用合适的语气来朗读这一自然段?

3.继续学习第三自然段。

(1)导入:《论语》既然是记录孔子“平时言行”的著作,那么这部书告诉了我们孔子的哪些故事呢?请大家齐读第三自然段。

(2)讨论以下问题:

A、孔子提出了什么主张?这个主张可以用哪句话来概括?

B、你是怎么理解“己所不欲,勿施于人。”这句话的?

C、“推己及人”这个成语是什么意思?你在生活中有没有过“推己及人”的时候?能说说吗?

(3)共同小结段意。

A、这段主要讲了什么?

B、小结段意:写孔子提出“己所不欲,勿施于人”的为人处世主张。

C、能用一个合适的小标题来概括吗?

(4)感情朗读这一自然段。

(5)小结学法:读课文——抓重点词句理解——小结段意——加小标题——感情朗读

4.按学习第三自然段的方法自学第四至第八自然段。

(1)学生按上述学习课文的方法自学。

(2)解决以下问题并讨论汇报:

关于第四自然段:

A、你认为孔子为什么“非常厌恶这个‘盗’字”?说明了孔子的什么品质?

B、你是怎么理解这个“盗”字的,能说说吗?

C、你给这一自然段加的小标题是什么?

关于第五、六、七自然段:

A、你是怎么理解“君子在穷困的时候能安守节操,小人穷困了就会为所欲为”这句话的?说说看。

B、孔子为什么会发出“了解一个人实在不容易啊!”这样的感慨?

C、“我们相信自己的眼睛,以为眼睛看到的就是事实,但眼睛不一定可信;我们依靠自己的内心,以为内心的判断一定正确,但内心不一定可靠。”你有过孔子说的这种事例吗?说说看。

D、这个小故事主要讲的是什么?给它加个合适的小标题。

关于第八自然段:

A、哪个词最能说明晚年的孔子的读书情况?

B、比对孔子,今天的我们应该有怎样的学习态度?

(五)品读感悟,延伸拓展

1.有感情地朗读课文。

2.课文的哪个部分给你留下了深刻印象?为什么?

3.你还知道孔子的哪些有趣的故事或孔子说过的给人以启迪的话?

(六)总结全文,加深印象

1.总结全文。

2.作业:将你所知道的关于孔子的故事或格言道理讲给你最好的朋友听。

孔子课件 篇12

探讨第二段

1、水河边的美景让孔子的弟子们心旷神怡,孔子却顾不上欣赏,原来是奔腾不息的河水引起他的深思。由司空见惯的河水会想到什么呢?

2、由读第二段,画出孔子关于水的一段讲话,想想这段话的含义。

3、指名读孔子关于水的一段话(第八自然段),思考讨论:

(1)这段话围绕哪句话来写的?

(2)这段话讲述了水的哪几个特点?孔子由水的这几个特点分别联想到了什么?

(3)对照板书,作适当讲解。

(4)孔子说这番话的用意是什么?

(5)你从这段话体会到了孔子什么特点?你还能从水的其他什么特点联想到做人的道理?

4、练读第二段。指名读,评价。

5、小结。

课堂小结:

【作业设计】

1、背诵课文第1、2自然段。

2、抄写第八自然段。

3、将第2、8自然段末尾的省略号换成与上文有密切联系的具体句子。

【板书设计】

12孔子游春

哺育生灵---有德行

流必向下---有情义

看水、议水真君子

穿岩凿壁---有志向

荡涤污垢---善施教化

第3课时

【教学内容】

学习第3、4段

【课前准备】

学生认真预习课文

【教学流程】

最新离骚的课件(通用5篇)


这篇“离骚的课件”文章是编辑的心水之作细节精彩值得一看。老师每一堂课都需要一份完整教学课件,认真规划好自己教案课件是每个老师每天都要做的事情。教案是课堂教学的重要组成部分。将此页加入收藏夹以备随时访问!

离骚的课件 篇1

1.D。A项中“阰”的读音是“pí”,上坡的意思;B项中“陬”是平舌音;C项中的“粹”也是平舌音。

2.B。“不淹”是不久留的意思,这句话的意思是日月飞快地运行不停留啊。

3.B。

4.C。A项有歧义,是诉讼费三千余元,还是经济损失和诉讼费总共三千余元。B项搭配不当。不能说“时间在进行”,可以删除“申请时间”或删去“进行”。D项成分残缺,“5名具有NBA打球经验的”陈述的是队员,而不是美国队,所以应在“美国队”前加上“队员的”。

5.B。“纷至沓来”指纷纷到来;连续不断地到来。“匪夷所思”比喻言谈行动超出常情,不是一般人所能想象的。“事倍功半”形容花费的劳力大,收到的成效小。B项“九牛一毛”比喻极大的数量中微不足道的一部分。句子所谈是虽有一些发射台已搬下山,但对实现净空作用太小,因而使用不当。

6.①“扈江离与辟芷兮,纫秋兰以为佩”在这里用采摘和披挂江离秋兰比喻修身养性;②“恐美人之迟暮”中“美人”喻指楚怀王;③“乘骐骥以驰骋兮”中用“乘骐骥”比喻追求和实现美好的政治理想;④“固众芳之所在”中“众芳”喻群贤;⑤“杂申椒与菌桂兮,岂唯纫夫蕙茝”中“申椒”、“菌桂”、“蕙”、“茝”此四种植物均喻群贤;⑥“何桀、纣之昌被兮”中“昌被”比喻放肆妄行;⑦“恐皇舆之败绩”中“皇舆”喻国家;⑧“曰黄昏以为期兮,羌中道而改路”中用黄昏婚期而中道变卦比喻君王失信,以婚姻比喻君臣亲密合作。

7.“恐年岁之不吾与”中“吾与”倒装,是宾语前置句;“忽奔走以先后兮”是状语后置句。

9、勤勉修行,自强不息:汩余若将不及兮,恐年岁之不吾与。赤胆忠心,胸怀炽烈:指九天以为正兮,夫唯灵修之故也。疾恶如仇,鄙视群小:唯夫党人之偷乐兮,路幽昧以险隘。实现理想,不惧安危:岂余身之惮殃兮,恐皇舆之败绩。10、(略)

11.追述世系,说明他与楚国血肉相连;叙写名字,点出他不凡的风度、仪态。自述出生于寅年寅月寅日,认为这是包含特殊文化内涵的吉宜时日;加上他出生时器度非凡,又获嘉名,诗人认为这正是他高贵血统和得天独厚的内在美质之所在。这既是他日后存君兴国、变法图强、热爱宗国的思想感情的原动力,又是他的悲剧的根源。

12.诗人既有“内美”(内在美德),又有“修能”(优良的才能),可见他品性高洁、才华出众。诗人展开想象,想象自己披上江离与幽香的白芷,又联缀起秋兰作为佩饰。借香草(“江离”“辟芷”“秋兰”)象征自己的美质和才能。

13.时光如逝水,岁月不待人。诗人深感努力向前,还怕追赶不上,于是就勤奋不懈:清晨去摘上坡上的木兰啊,黄昏去拔经冬不凋的草。即抓紧时间,修养自己。

14.天时运转,春生秋杀,草木零落,年岁将尽。诗人担心君王如不能及时建立道德,举贤用能,则将年已老矣,无所成就。诗人有着美好的品德,又积极进取,而且胸怀大志,愿为国家效力,按理应得到楚王的了解和信任,这就为下文诗人良好的主观愿望与残酷的客观现实之间的矛盾冲突,以及诗人所遭遇的挫折作了铺垫。

15.D。“四荒”指辽阔的大地。

16.D。“惩”是挫败的意思。这两句诗的意思是:即使被肢解我还是不会改变啊,难道我的志向是可以挫败的吗?

17.①怨恨君心荒唐啊,始终不能体察民心。②雄鹰和凡鸟不能同群啊,自古以来就是这样的。③人生各有各的乐趣啊,我独爱美,并且习以为常。

18.①“微言”“大义”;②社会生活。

19.借以提出“善读”的问题。

20.①须从字句外去阅读;②从无字句处读书。

21.①读懂天下无字书并非易事;②总分关系。

屈原离我们而去了,但他的精神永在,魅力长存。屈原是伟大的爱国主义诗人。学习这首诗,要把鉴赏《离骚》优美诗句与学习屈原爱国的精神品质结合起来。在朗读时,掌握关键诗句,理解屈原的高尚品德和爱国情感,感受、体验屈原的忧患意识和爱国情感,通过“移情”,引起共鸣,有所感动,并正确评价屈原的爱国思想感情。学过《离骚》后,你对屈原有怎样的评价呢,用文字说明。

语文课上,听了一些同学对屈原的.评价,心中有些许感想。

一开始几位同学的评价让我感到有些悲哀,我想起初中时学过陶渊明的《桃花源记》,那时语文老师也曾让我们评论,很多同学都认为陶渊明是消极的,因为他选择了隐退。但我疑惑:为什么要以政治的眼光评论他呢?

如今我们又读屈原的《离骚》。我想屈原首先是一个诗人,因而是一个理想主义者,他追求完美,追求自己所希望的理想境界,不愿与世俗同流合污,宁为玉碎也不为瓦全。这是屈原的风骨,也是屈原所具有的诗人的气质。我觉得屈原不该是个政治家,他所具有的品质使他难以在名利场上立足,他遭谗被贬,所幸的是,愤怒出诗人,他把他的愤慨用笔留给了后人。

屈原是一种精神,每次诵读《离骚》,我就会觉得周身的血液在涌动,我总是很激动,我仿佛能看到屈原临江而立的那一种悲壮。在我们的历史上的确有过很多出色的政治家,他们推动着历史的车轮前进。但请不要忘了,我们同样需要诗人,没有他们留下的文字,没有他们的那一种精神,历史又如何得以血肉浑然一体?

“天,以诗人为木铎。”

诗,是一个又一个朝代的缩影;诗,让我们感到与先人血脉相连,感觉到文化的代代传承。

我眼中的屈原,他不是一个出色的政治家,但他是一个出色的诗人,他站在汩罗江边时,心中不是绝望,是愤慨!天地间竟然难以容下他!

一个时代,最难以容忍的是诗人,他们太尖锐,太坦率,他们是棱角分明的山中之石,是超脱于尘世之上的。所以,他们中的很多人都选择了离开,既然无法改变世界,也无法改变自己,所以只能选择离开。

我相信这不是屈原的懦弱,而是一种信念,一种执着。因为,他是诗。

点评 从听到同学们对屈原的评价下笔,引出自己对屈原的独特理解——屈原是精神重于形象的诗人。然后集中谈论他作为一个大诗人的特质和遭遇,分析了其独特性。

离骚的课件 篇2

教学目标:

1.知识目标:了解“骚体诗”的形式特点,理解并掌握诗中的关键语句。

2.能力和方法目标:诵读课文,抓住关键词语,疏通诗句,培养学生初步鉴赏、评价古诗文的能力;

3.情感态度和价值观:了解屈原的生平,领悟其爱国的实质,树立正确的人生观和世界观。

教学重点和难点:理解并掌握诗中的关键语句

教学方法:自学法、诵读法、讨论法、学生讲解法

 教学时数:3课时

教学过程 :

一、导入

“五月五,是端阳。门插艾,香满堂。吃粽子,洒白糖。龙舟下水喜洋洋。”这首民歌唱的是农历五月初五的端午节。到那一天,我国城乡,特别是南方广大农村,家家户户都要在门口插艾、挂蒲两种野草,吃粽子,到江边湖畔看龙舟竞赛,来纪念一个颜色憔悴形容枯槁常常吟行江畔长歌当哭以泪作诗的诗人——屈原,他已经成为我们中华文化一个符号,一座不论隔着多么远的时代依然能让我们看到的熠熠生辉的精神丰碑。今天,就让我们走进《离骚》,走进这个诗人的心灵世界,去感受他的痛苦与人格魅力。

二、基础知识

屈原:战国末期楚国人,杰出的政治家和爱国诗人。名平,字原,丹阳今湖北秭归人。他出身于楚国贵族,与怀王同祖。屈原学识渊博,对天文、地理、礼乐制度以及周以前各代的治乱兴衰等都很熟悉,善外交辞令。 在政治上他推崇“美政”,即圣君贤相的政治,认为只有圣君贤相才能把国家治理好,有强烈的忧国忧民,忠君致治的思想。屈原“美政”的另一体现是民本思想。这在他的作品里也有很清晰的表述,如“长太息以掩涕兮,哀民生之多艰。” 屈原曾任左徒,辅佐怀王,参与议论国事及对应宾客,起草宪令及变法;对外参加合纵与秦斗争,两度出使齐国。因受小人的陷害,他两次被流放,最后投汨罗江而死,以示忠贞爱国之心。屈原的作品计有《离骚》、《天问》、《九歌》11篇、《九章》9篇、《招魂》 ,凡23篇。

楚辞:是战国时期兴起于楚国的一种诗歌样式。宋代黄伯思在>中概括说:“盖屈宋诸骚,皆书楚语,作楚声,记楚地,名楚物,故可谓之‘楚辞’ ,它的直接血缘关系的是在南方土生土长的歌谣。1、带有鲜明的楚文化色彩。2、楚辞的句法参差错落、灵活变幻,词藻华美,对偶工巧,以大量的“兮”字作衬字。”在战国中期,随着屈原等人的一系列作品出现于楚国文坛之后,楚辞于是形成为一代文学样式。楚辞的作者主要是屈原,他创作了许多不朽作品。在他的影响下,楚国又产生了一些楚辞作家:宋玉、唐勒、景差等人。

骚体诗:亦称“楚辞体”,古代诗歌体裁之一。起于战国时楚国,因为这种形式的诗歌以屈原所作的《离骚》为代表,到了南朝刘勰的《文心雕龙》与萧统的《文选》等作品中,就用“骚’来指称具有楚辞特点的诗歌,后人便称之为骚体诗。骚体诗在形式上打破了《诗经》那种以四言为主的体制,在民歌的基础上又继承了散文的笔法,句式长短参差,形式比较自由,多用“兮”字以助语势,富有抒情成分和浪漫色彩.骚体诗的形成,是诗歌形式的一大革新,对后世文学影响深远。

背景:已学《屈原列传》

三、整体感知

1、自读课文,结合注释初步了解文章大意。

2、在预习的基础上,分段分组朗诵全诗,注意 朗诵技巧:(1)骚体诗的朗读节奏:一般是三、四个节拍,随文切分。(2)“兮”字是语气助词,读时应拉长语气。如 长/太息/以掩涕兮,哀/民生/之多艰。学生谈读后的感受,并引导学习方法:明确此诗具有地域色彩性、多不常见字词,必须通解大意后才能顺利背诵,并示例第一句:太息,太息般的眼光,叹息之意;掩涕,涕是眼泪,痛哭流~、感激~零,掩涕意指掩面流泪。民生,人生。之,消独。

3、听规范朗诵

4、自主分析文章思路

屈原《离骚》一诗博大精深,主题是表达忧国忧民的爱国热情和不屈不挠的斗争精神。课文节选部分共13节、52句,通过比喻、象征和比较、对照的手法及夹叙夹议的运用表现了屈原志洁行高,执着追求的精神。先从自己的政治理想和政治遭遇写起,然后再否决自己退隐独善的闪念,表明自己决不变心的爱国热情。结构图:

第1段:遭受贬黜

第2段:分析原因

第3段:坚守志趣

第4段、第5段、第6段:决定退隐或者前

政治理想:哀民生、遵规矩、施美政

政治遭遇:灵修不察、众女嫉余、时俗工巧节 心志: 屈心抑志、九死未悔后 退隐的闪念:回车复路、退修初服

四、合作探究

1、点名朗诵,通释第一段

(1)长太息以掩涕兮,哀民生之多艰。我长长地叹了口气而捂着脸呜呜地哭了,我郁闷我的人生怎么这么不顺利呢!(屈原为什么哭鼻子?这么大人了,哭鼻子是很丢脸的,他到底碰到了什么难以解决的事情呢?)余虽好修姱以鞿羁兮,謇朝谇而夕替。我只是爱美而自我约束啊,早上说了句话晚上就被贬了。(不但把我贬了,而且还说我)既替余以蕙纕兮,又申之以揽茝。既因为我用香蕙做佩带啊,又因为我采集白芷加上了罪名。(这是我个人修身养性,明明是高雅的追求,他们却偏偏当做罪名。面对这些以美为臭的人,我该怎么办呢?)亦余心之所善兮,虽九死其犹未悔。这是我的人生追求,纵然多次死去也绝不后悔啊!

(2)这一段中,大家觉得屈原有什么特点呢?点名回答:屈原注重修身养性,从哪里体现出来的呢?蕙、茝等香草在屈原的作品中运用很多,我们给这种手法起个名字吧!可以叫“香草手法”

(3)下面,我出个题来考考大家:第一段中3个“以”的用法是否相同?为什么?“余虽好修姱以鞿羁兮,长太息以掩涕兮,既替余以蕙纕兮”前二者表示并列的连词(等于“而”),第三个是介词“因为”之意。两个“之”的意义是否相同?为什么?“哀民生之多艰,亦余心之所善兮”同,二者都是消独,没有意义。(不是归属关系“塞上之人”和修饰关系“小大之狱”。) (他要修身养性,不同流合污,要独善其身,为了理想追求,死而不惜。他的人生追求到底是什么呢?我们在第二段中找找答案。)

2、齐读第二段,小组完成二个任务:

(1)找出四个古今异义词

①怨灵修之浩荡兮古义:恣情,放纵:今义:形容广阔或壮大

②固时俗之工巧兮古义:善于取巧;今义:细致、精巧

③偭规矩而改错古义:改变措施;今义:改正错误

④竞周容以为度古义:把……作为;今义:认为

(2)用自己的语言翻译大意,要求不看注释翻译下来,可以与注释稍有出入。

怨灵修之浩荡兮,终不察夫民心。众女嫉余之蛾眉兮,谣诼谓余以善淫。固时俗之工巧兮,偭规矩而改错。背绳墨以追曲兮,竞周容以为度。埋怨皇上放纵自己啊,最终不能体察民心啊!许多女子妒忌我的蛾眉,造谣说我好做淫邪之事。世俗本来善于投机取巧,违背法则而改变措施。违背法则而追求歪曲啊,竞相把取悦于人奉为法则。

(3)女子的眉毛才叫“蛾眉”,屈原为什么以女子自拟?作者的个人志向是什么?

中国古代盛产弃妇诗,甚至成为文人的一种情结,也许可以称之为“弃妇情结”。元稹zhěn的“寥落古行宫,宫花寂寞红。白头宫女在,闲坐说玄宗”(《行宫》);李白的“月光欲到长门殿,别作深宫一段愁”(《长门怨》);辛弃疾的“千金纵买相如赋,脉脉此情谁诉”(《摸鱼儿》);现代李金发的“长发披遍我的两眼之前,遂隔断了一切羞恶之疾视,与鲜血之急流,枯骨之沉睡” (《弃妇》)等应该都是这种文人情结的体现。借弃妇形象而抒发自我,成为一种普遍的文学手法。

作者的个人志向是辅佐君王,建立一个以人为本的、公正的国家。

总结前两段:划出重点句、重点词,并利用剩余时间巩固和背诵。

默写前二段,找出错误所在。

3、探析第三段、第四段

(1)屈原的人生追求因他的被贬而不能实现,他想选择“退而独善其身”,又难以放弃其人生追求。在这种状态下他想了什么呢?我们看第三段。齐读第三段。他开头便说了“忳郁邑余佗傺兮,吾独穷困乎此时也。”伤心啊,我孤独的在这个时候陷入窘境。(面对这个窘境,他如果和别人一样违背规则,讨好他人,或许还能为自己争取一席之地,他是怎么做的呢?)宁溘死以流亡兮,余不忍为此态也。宁愿突然死亡随着流水消逝啊,我不能容忍向别人一样做出种种丑态。(我觉得屈原这种能坚守自己的志向的做法真是难能可贵,只要是他认为对的,无论外界的诱惑多大,他都能坚守住。我们要向他学习这种执着的精神:联系同学们的追慕名牌之风和社会上的拜金之气。)鸷鸟之不群兮,自前世而固然。雄鹰和凡鸟不能合群,自古本来就是这样的。何方圜之能周兮,夫孰异道而相安?哪有方枘和圆凿相合的呢?哪有道不同而相安的呢?屈心而抑志兮,忍尤而攘诟。伏清白以死直兮,固前圣之所厚。受着委屈而压抑着意志,忍受着罪过而蒙受着侮辱。保持清白而为正道而死,本来是古代圣贤所推重的。

(2)屈原在这段话中透漏了“以死明志”的想法,请同学们分析屈原“投汨罗以死”的原因有哪些?

屈原的“投汨罗以死”并给一时的冲动,而是有深刻的原因。这一段我们可以看到促使屈原投水而死的原因一个是个人的原因:他“不忍为此态”,他宁愿怀着自己的志向死以明志,二是古人“舍生取义”思想的影响。

(3)自己结合注释通解第四段大意,请两名同学上讲台分别给同学们用流畅的语言通译大意。

悔相道之不察兮,延伫乎吾将反。回朕车以复路兮,及行迷之未远。步余马於兰皋兮,驰椒丘且焉止息。进不入以离尤兮,退将复修吾初服。后悔观察道路时没有看清楚啊,我久久伫立而想回去啊。转过我的车子返回原路,趁着迷路还不远。让我的马走在长着兰草的水边高地,疾驰到长着椒树的山冈暂且休息。到朝廷做官不得而遭受忧愁啊,退隐后重新修正我的衣服啊。

总结前两段:划出重点句、重点词,并利用剩余时间巩固和背诵。

默写前二段,找出错误所在。

4、上节课中,我们知道屈原打算退隐了,那么他退隐后要干什么呢?

(1)制芰荷以为衣兮,集芙蓉以为裳。不吾知其亦已兮,苟余情其信芳。高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离。芳与泽其杂糅兮,唯昭质其犹未亏。裁制荷叶作为上衣啊,缀缝荷花作为下装啊。(这仍然是香草美人手法。他即使没有机会实现自己的理想,我仍然矢志不移修身养性,自我的修养是一生的事、是自己的事,不是伪装给别人看。)裁剪荷叶做上衣啊,缀缝荷花花瓣做下装。不了解我就散了,只要我本心确实是好的。加高我高高的帽子啊,加长我长长的佩带。光洁和纯美交织在一起,只有光洁纯美的本质没有受损。

(2)从3、4段中找出能表现作者高洁品质的句子。

宁溘死以流亡兮,余不忍为此态也。伏清白以死直兮,固前圣之所厚。制荠荷以为衣兮,集芙蓉以为裳。高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离。芳与泽其杂糅兮,惟昭质其犹未亏。

(3)如果屈原真的能如同这段话说的那样退隐,并独善其身,历史上可能没有了端午节,更没有“可与日月争光”的《离骚》了,他仍有些有些徘徊和犹疑。忽反顾以游目兮,将往观乎四荒。佩缤纷其繁饰兮,芳菲菲其弥章。民生各有所乐兮,余独好修以为常。虽体解吾犹未变兮,岂余心之可惩。忽然后头放眼远望,将去观察四方荒远的土地。佩戴上缤纷多彩的服饰,菲菲芳香更加显著。人生各有各的乐趣,我独爱美并把它作为准则。即使被肢解我也不会改变啊,难道我的志向是可以改变的吗?

五、拓展提高

《离骚》中“惟昭质其犹未亏”“余独好修以为常”等句子表现了屈原修身洁行的高尚情操。请就屈原的这种追求谈谈自己的看法。

古今异义:

①怨灵修之浩荡兮古义:恣情,放纵:今义:形容广阔或壮大

②固时俗之工巧兮古义:善于取巧;今义:细致、精巧

③偭规矩而改错古义:改变措施;今义:改正错误

④竞周容以为度古义:把……作为;今义:认为

⑤吾独穷困乎此时也古义:阻塞不通,引申为走投无路;今义:主要指贫穷,经济困难

⑥宁溘死以流亡兮古义:随水流而消失;今义:因灾害或政治原因而被迫离开家乡或祖国

⑦长余佩之陆离古义:修长的样子;今义:形容色彩繁杂

通假字:

①偭规矩而改错 错通措,措施

②忳郁邑余佗傺兮 邑通悒,苦闷

③何方圜之能周兮 圜通圆

④进不入以离尤兮 离通罹,遭受

⑤芳菲菲其弥章 章通彰,明显

词类活用:

1、名用作动: ①余好修姱以鞿羁兮 束缚、约束 ② 鸷鸟之不群兮 合群

2、名作状:謇朝谇而夕替 在早晨在晚上

动词的活用:

1使动用法:①屈心而抑志兮,忍尤而攘诟。使……受委屈;使……受压抑

②步余马於兰皋兮 使……步行

③回朕车以复路兮 使……返回、掉转

2动词的为动用法:伏清白以死直兮 为……而死

形容词的活用:

1、形容词作名词:①何方圜之能周兮 方枘、圆凿②谣诼谓余以善淫 淫荡的事

2、形容词作动词:固前圣之所厚 推重、看重

3、形容词的使动用法:①高余冠之岌岌兮 使……加高

②长余佩之陆离 使……加长

特殊句式 :

1定语后置:高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离;

2宾语前置:不吾知其亦已兮。

3状语后置:①谣诼谓余以善淫;②步余马於兰皋兮。

4被动句式:①謇朝谇而夕替;②虽体解吾犹未变兮。

虚词的意义和用法

之 哀民生之多艰

高余冠之岌岌兮

以 长太息以掩涕兮

既替余以蕙纕兮

竞周容以为度

虽 余虽好修姱以鞿羁兮

虽九死其尤未悔

虽体解吾犹未悔

离骚的课件 篇3

《离骚》教案

第一课时

教学重点:

1.学习并掌握有关屈原和楚辞的文学知识,朗读背诵课文;

2.理解诗中所表现出的诗人的爱国精神和高尚的人格节操。教学难点:

对其中文言词语的理解和掌握。

教学过程:

一、导语:

我们刚刚学习了《沁园春 长沙》,从中领略了一代伟人毛泽东的凌云壮志、博大胸怀及其诗词的浪漫奔放、瑰丽奇崛。这种浪漫气度可以追溯到我国浪漫主义文学的开山鼻祖屈原。1961年秋,毛泽东写了一首《七绝屈原》:“屈子当年赋楚骚,手中握有杀人刀。艾萧太盛椒兰少,一跃冲向万里涛”把屈原的《离骚》比作战斗的利剑。屈原有两句脍炙人口的名言:“路漫漫其修远兮,吾将上下而求索”。下面就让我们在阅读这首诗的过程中,去体会诗人的那种“上下求索”的精神吧!

二、积累有关文学常识

(一)引导学生阅读课前、课下、课后的提示、注释、资料等文字。设计以下问题帮助学生快速阅读

1.诗人屈原是怎样的一个人物?

2.“楚辞体”或“骚体”诗歌有何特点?屈原有哪些作品?教师明确:

1.屈原是一位爱国主义诗人。作为当时楚国的左徒和三闾大夫是负有内政、外交重任的。所谓“联齐抗秦”的主张恰恰是为了维护国家利益。他的政治理想就是要使祖国独立富强,以至统一长期分裂的中国,达到所谓唐虞三代之治。其具体主张就是举贤授能和修明法度。上述思想便是所说的“美政”的含义。“离骚者,犹离忧也。”离骚就是“遭遇忧患”的意思。此诗的写作时间又正是在诗人因受到谗言第一次被放逐,诗人是被迫远离故土的,因此,其忧国忧民的思想随处可感亦在情理之中。

3.楚辞是具有地方色彩的文学样式,是屈原、宋玉等诗人创造出的一种诗歌形式。尤其应注意到诗中所大量使用的虚词“兮”,可视为一种重要的标志。《离骚》《九歌》《九章》《天问》《招魂》,离骚是屈原的代表作,也是中国古代文学史上最长的一首浪漫主义的真政治抒情诗。(最长的叙事诗《孔雀东南飞》)

(二)教师补充介绍:

1.屈原一生中曾遭到两次罢官以及随之而来的两次被流放。第一次是在楚怀王时期,被放逐于汉北;第二次是在顷襄王时期,被放逐于江南。原高中教材中所选的出自《九章》篇的《涉江》一诗,就是在这次流放中写的。也

正是在这次流放中,诗人自投汨罗江而亡的。(学生谈谈有关端午节的习俗)

三、导读全诗,了解基本内容

(一)教师先结合课文提示介绍一下《离骚》节选文字的基本内容。从提示文字中看,前七节,即从首句到“固前圣所厚”重在叙述,而后六节则重于抒情。

(二)教师范读(或放录音、或放多媒体)

1.学生注意给生字注音。

2.体会朗读的技巧,如读出分句的节拍,上分句末字“兮”读音要稍长,压韵的字要重读等。

四、学生自读全诗,重在掌握文字的读音并搞懂其含义(可按“教材提示”分层情况,将全诗分为两步自读)。

可设计如下思考题,帮助学生尽快了解诗意:

1.第一层那些诗句表明作者受屈遭贬的原因以及不愿同流合污的思想。

2.第二层那些诗句表现作者追求“美政”、九死无悔的高尚情操和忧国忧民、献身理想的爱国精神?

五、结合上述思考题,组织学生讨论,教师简单串讲、归纳、小结。教师归纳、小结诗句参考:

①受屈遭贬的原因:“余虽好修姱以鞿羁兮,謇朝谇而夕替”;“既替余以蕙纕兮,又申之以揽茝”。

②不愿同流合污的思想:“宁溘死以流亡兮,余不忍为此态也”以及整个

第六节内容。

③追求“美政”、九死无悔的高尚情操:“余虽好修姱以鞿羁兮”;“亦余心之所善兮,虽九死其犹未悔”。

④忧国忧民、献身理想的爱国精神:“长太息以掩涕兮,哀民生之多难”;(注:此乃第一层中的文字)“虽体解吾犹未变兮,岂余心之可惩”。

六、布置作业:

1.熟读全诗。

2.找出诗中最能体现浪漫主义风格的诗句来。

板书设计:

《诗经》(春秋)——《 离骚》(战国)

《诗经》现实主义——《 离骚》浪漫主义

课文内容:

①受屈遭贬的原因

②不愿同流合污的思想

③追求“美政”、九死无悔的高尚情操

④忧国忧民、献身理想的爱国精神

第二课时

教学重点:

分析诗歌的思想内容及其艺术特点,并组织学生翻译原诗。

教学难点:

将原诗翻译成具有浪漫主义特点的文字。

教学过程:

一、检查作业(由此导入新课)

1.了解学生对诗歌文字掌握的熟练程度。

2.检查一下学生对浪漫主义的理解是否正确(通过找出的诗句了解)。

二、教师对检查内容进行归纳、小结

1.分析诗歌的思想内容及其艺术特点

①思想内容可以用“导语”中提到那两句名言“路漫漫其修远兮,吾将上下而求索”加以概括:“路漫漫其修远兮”恰恰表明诗人在政治上的坎坷经历;“吾将上下而求索”又恰恰证明诗人不屈不挠献身理想的爱国主义精神。②艺术特点我们重点分析诗中所体现的浪漫主义风格。首先让我们重温一下有关浪漫主义的含义:“它在反映现实上,善于抒发对理想世界的热烈追求,常用热情奔放的语言、瑰丽的想象和夸张的手法来塑造形象。”根据这一标准再来检测我们在作业中所找出的诗句是否正确。(教师提出自己找到的诗句)如“既替余以蕙纕兮,又申之以揽茝。”(蕙:即兰蕙,草本植物,开淡绿色花,气味很香;茝:古书上说是一种香草,即白芷。在此均是用来比喻一种高尚的品德。从中我们也可以体会到其中的那种联想力和想象力)再如:“制芰荷以为衣兮,集芙蓉以为裳”亦是如此;而“高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离”和“忽反顾以游目兮,将往观乎四荒”则体现出了夸张的手法和热情奔放的语言。这与《诗经》中的“氓之蚩蚩,抱布贸丝”;“岂曰无衣?与子同袍”;“静女其姝,俟我于城隅”等诗句相比,在风格上的不同点是显而易见的。

三、组织学生逐句翻译课文

注意“课文注释中的重点词语”

四、布置作业:

背诵全文

离骚的课件 篇4

1、学生对于屈原可以说是既熟悉又陌生。屈原是伟大的爱国诗人,这一点,对学生来说已经是常识。可是为什么说他是“伟大的爱国诗人”,学生可能就不很清楚了。《离骚》是一首伟大的爱国抒情长诗,只有体会到其中浓浓的爱国热情,才能对这首诗的思想和艺术精髓感受、认识得深,否则就会浅尝辄止,不能深知其中滋味。因此,教师可向学生介绍屈原的政治主张和政治活动,让学生认识到:屈原要求“举贤授能”、修明法度,符合当时楚国的现实需要,有利于国家富强;外交上,他主张联齐抗秦,是非常正确的路线;他劝阻楚怀王入秦,从后来事情的发展来看,也完全是对的。可见屈原心系国家的安危存亡,并且审时度势,很有政治见地。他受到周围群臣的排挤、打击,君王疏远了他,他的忧愤是由国家前途晦暗不明引起的,而不是一己的私愤。

2、注意对诵读的指导。可以举出具体的例句,给句子划分停顿。还要让学生注意句首语气词、句中无实在意义的虚词等,读这些词的时候,可长可短,可断可连,全看表达感情的需要。

离骚的课件 篇5

教学目标

1、了解屈原的《离骚》及他的政治理想,把握“楚辞体”的特点。

2、领会本文的艺术手法

3、体会诗人美好的品质和忧国情怀。

核心素养

语言建构与运用:在反复吟诵中培养学生阅读古诗文的能力。

思维发展与提升:整合新旧知识,理解作者打造的“香草美人”意象体系。

审美鉴赏与创造:结合本文的写作手法,理解屈原的精神与理想。

文化传承与理解:了解屈原忧国忧民、现身理想的爱国主义情感。

教学重难点

重点:培养学生鉴赏古诗的能力。

难点:领悟屈原爱国的实质,树立正确的人生观和世界观。

课前准备

1、指导学生完成预习

2、制作课件

一、导入新课

在中国的历史长河中,有一个名字,永久地留在我们的记忆当中。每年端午节,当我们在品尝香喷喷的粽子的时候,竞渡龙舟,其实是在纪念这位伟人,让我们一起深情的呼唤这个名字——屈原。

二、写作背景

原生活在时代大动荡、社会大变革的战国中后期。当时,新兴地主阶级与奴隶主贵族集团的残余势力在诸侯国内部和宗国之间进行着内外交错的复杂斗争。屈原力主革新政治、举贤授能、除残去秽、励精图冶,这触犯了楚国贵族集团的利益,因此楚国贵族集团中的顽固派不断打击和排挤屈原,使屈原为之奤斗的政治理想得不到实现。于是,屈原就用诗歌倾吐自己的忧愁幽思,表达不愿与世俗同流合污的志向。

三、作者介绍

屈原(公元前340年-公元前278年),战国时期楚国诗人、政治家。芈姓,屈氏,名平,字原;又自云名正则,字灵均。约公元前340年出生于楚国丹阳(今湖北秭归),楚武王熊通之子屈瑕的后代。

屈原是中国历史上第一位伟大的爱国诗人,中国浪漫主义文学的奠基人,被誉为“中华诗祖”、“辞赋之祖”。他是“楚辞”的创立者和代表作者,开辟了“香草美人”的传统。屈原的出现,标志着中国诗歌进入了一个由集体歌唱到个人独创的新时代。他被后人称为“诗魂”。

屈原也是楚国重要的政治家,早年受楚怀王信任,任左徒、三闾大夫,兼管内政外交大事。吴起之后,在楚国另一个主张变法的就是屈原。他提倡“美政”,主张对内举贤任能,修明法度,对外力主联齐抗秦。因遭贵族排挤毁谤,被先后流放至汉北和沅湘流域。

公元前278年,秦将白起攻破楚都郢(今湖北江陵),屈原悲愤交加,怀石自沉于汨罗江,以身殉国。1953年是屈原逝世2230周年,世界和平理事会通过决议,确定屈原为当年纪念的世界四大文化名人之一。

主要作品有《离骚》《九歌》《九章》《天问》等。他创作的《楚辞》是中国浪漫主义文学的源头,与《诗经》并称“风骚”,对后世诗歌产生了深远影响。

四、题目解说

《离骚》是《楚辞》中的经典作品,是中国古代文学史上最长的一首浪漫主义政治抒情诗。由于《诗经》和《楚辞》分别是我国古代诗歌史上现实主义和浪漫主义两大传统的源头,所以人们常将“风”“骚”并称,用“风”指代《诗经》中的《国风》,用“骚”指代《楚辞》中的《离骚》。关于《离骚》篇名的含义,古今各家说法不一。司马迁在《史记·屈原贾生列传》中释为“离骚者,犹离忧也”,“离骚”就是遭遢忧愁。王逸在《离骚经序》中释为“离,别也。骚,愁也”,即离别之忧愁。近代有学者认为,“离骚”即“劳商”之。

五、层次结构

全文可分为三个部分:

第一部分(第一、二段):立志

第二部分(第三段):述怀。

第三部分(第四段):反省。

六、全文分析

1.开篇讲述了哪些内容?

开篇第一句,屈原自叙与楚王同宗,强调自己出身高贵。接下来,屈原再叙自己出生的大吉日子(楚人认为这天降生的人是贵人),表现出诗人的崇高理想。

2.“纷吾既有此内美兮,又重之以修能”这句话体现了诗人的哪些品质?

诗人既有“内美”(内在美德),又有“修能”(优良的才能),可见他品性高洁、才华出众。这句话体现了诗人对美好的人格的追求以及对自身价值的发现

3.第2段中诗人是如何描绘自己的美好品质的?

诗人展开想象,想象自己披上江离与白芷,又连缀秋兰做成佩饰。诗人以“辟芷”“秋兰”等美好的事物来象征自己的情感、美德、追求、斗志,让读者感受到了其高尚的情操。

4.第3段开头两句表达了诗人怎样的思想感情?

开头两句表达了诗人的极度苦之情,“长”与“衰”折射出他苍凉苦闷的心境,奠定了全文的感情基调。

5.面对自身的遭遇,诗人的心情如何?他对此遭遇持什么样的态度?

“忳”和“郁邑”都是忧愁烦闷的意思,两个词连用,表现了诗人的忧愁之深。面对如此污浊、看不到希望的环境,诗人发出痛苦而无奈的浩叹,表明了不愿与世俗同流合污的决心。

6.“悔相道之不察兮,延伫乎吾将反。回朕车以复路兮,及行迷之未远。步余马于兰皋兮,驰椒丘且焉止息。”这几句诗塑造了一个怎样的诗人形象?

痛定思痛,诗人对此前自已的行为产生了怀疑“延伫”“步”“止息”等词,让我们看到了一个犹豫、彷徨、苦苦思索、执着追求理想的诗人形象。

7.“民生各有所乐兮,余独好修以为常。虽体解吾犹未变兮,岂余心之可惩?”这几句诗表现出诗人怎样的情感变化?

这几句诗所表现出的诗人自勉之严、自决之勇,令人感慨万分。诗人重申自己“好修”,“独”字表现出诗人认定自己的原则是正确的,并甘愿为之付出的态度。诗人将构成自己心灵世界悲剧性冲突的两个方面——理想与现实的对立、进取与退隐的对立,初步展现出来了。继而,他又更加坚定地作出了选择。

8.课文开篇自叙身世有什么作用?

开篇第一段,感情肃穆,含蕴深邃。诗人以十分庄重而矜持的口吻,自叙了高贵的出身、奇异的生日以及寄寓了父亲莫大的期望的“美名”。他强调自己与楚王同宗共祖,意在表明自己对楚国的兴亡负有义不容辞的责任,同时也为他至死不能离开楚国埋下了伏笔。他自道奇异的生辰、美好的名宇,也是在表现他的荨贵不凡和常高的理态。“正则”,正道直行,严于律己;“灵均”,赋良吾,公平均一。这是亲人对他的期望,也是他一生所恪守的信条。总之,这起给的一段,为诗人一生的自尊、自重、自爱定下了感情基调。

9.诗中描写花草的用意是什么?

诗中描写花草的诗句有“既替余以蕙纕兮,又申之以揽茝”“步余马于兰皋兮,驰椒丘且焉止息”“制芰荷以为衣兮,集芙蓉以为裳”等。这些诗句交代了诗人被疏离、贬黜的原国及被疏离、贬黜后的行为。诗人用芳香瑰丽的香蕙、白芷比喻自己品德的崇高美好;在被疏离、贬黜后的恶劣处境中,诗人仍驾着马车缓行在长着兰草的水边高地,疾驰到长着椒树的山冈,依旧以荷叶、荷花为衣裳,表现了无论是“进”还是“退”,都要坚神清白的操守和报国的理想,九死无悔。诗人展开丰富的想象,用“蕙”“蓝”“兰”“椒”“芰荷”“芙蓉”等作比,意象华美,使人不只感受到花草的芳香,更现了一种深远的意境,这些生长在水边荒地的幽花香草把人们引到奇丽的幻想世界。诗人用它们来象征自己高洁的品格,写出了诗人高大、芳洁的形象。

10.怎样理解本文所塑造的抒情主人公的形象?

诗歌塑造了一个忧国忧民、正道直行、献身理想的爱国诗人形象。

①他有着突出的外部形象特征。“扈江离与辟芷兮,纫秋兰以为佩”“制芰荷以为衣兮,集芙蓉以为裳”“高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离”。

②他具有鲜明的思想性格。第一,他是一位进步的政治改革家,主张修明法度(“规矩”“蝇墨”),举贤授能;第二,她关注民生,力主“美政”,重视人民的利益(“哀民生之多艰”),反对统治者的荒淫暴虐和臣子的追逐私利;第三,坚持理想,义无反顾,卓绝不屈(“亦余心之所善兮,虽九死其犹未悔”“虽体解吾犹未变兮,岂余心之可惩”)。

11.为什么说《离骚》是运用浪漫主义创作手法的佳作?

浪漫主义是文艺创作的`基本方法之一。它偏重于抒发对理想世界的热烈追求,常用感情色彩浓厚的语言、丰富的想象大胆的夸张来塑造形象。

《离骚》是浪漫主义文学的滥觞,诗人尽情地发挥他那神奇的想象力,用奇特的爱好表达心志。如用”蕙”“茝””兰”“椒””芰荷”“芙蓉”等香草鲜花来比喻自己高洁的品行。

作品把现实世界与虛设的幻境巧妙地融为一体,显示出了浓厚的浪漫主义气息。这样就更能突出屈原为追求理想至死不悔的高尚品德和坚贞不屈的精神。所以说《离骚》是运用浪漫主义创作手法的佳作。

七、中心思想

本诗中,诗人自叙身世,并讲述自己因洁身自好、坚持正道而受到周围小人的诽谤中伤,以致遭到贬黜的遭遇。全诗不仅表达了诗人对高洁人格的坚守,也表达了诗人忧国忧民的爱国热情和坚持“美政”、至死不渝的高尚节操。

八、写作特点

1.运用了大量的比喻、象征的修辞手法。

2.运用了对偶的修辞手法。

3.富有节奏感。

九、补充资料

骚体诗

骚体诗源于战国时楚国,由屈原创立,是一种运用楚地的诗歌形式、方言声韵,描写楚地风土人情,具有浓厚的地方色彩的诗体。因其中屈原的《离骚》影响最大,后世称这种诗体为“骚体”或“楚辞体”,称这种诗体的诗歌为“骚体诗”,历代文士多有仿作。西汉末年刘向编辑的《楚辞》中收录了战国时期楚国屈原、宋玉等人的作品。

骚体诗在形式上打破了《诗经》以四言为主的体制,在民歌的基础上又吸取了散文的笔法,句式长短参差,形式比较自由,多用“兮”字以助语势,富有抒情意味和浪漫色彩。

十、总结全文

课文节选的这部分叙述诗人的身世,表明心志,回顾自己因洁身自好、坚持正道而受到小人的猜疑、造谣、中伤,处于被君主疏远的困厄处境。诗人一方面表明誓死不和小人同流合污的决绝态度,另一方面设想自己退隐后将更加努力地培养自己的美好德行。

布置作业

屈原为了自己的政治理想,最后抱石投江,你赞成他这一举动吗?谈谈你的看法。

课后训练

作业

1.下列对文中文化知识的解说,不正确的一项是()

A.朕:古代帝王的自称之词

B.皇考:古人对亡父的尊称

C.孟陬:指的就是孟春正月

D.灵修:在本文中指楚怀王

2.下列各句中,与“不吾知其亦已兮”句式特点相同的是()

A.謇朝谇而夕替

B.将子无怒,秋以为期

C.高余冠之岌岌兮,长余佩之陆离

D.虽体解吾犹未变兮,岂余心之可惩

3.下列各句中,没有通假字的一项是()

A.固时俗之工巧兮,偭规矩而改错

B.佩缤纷其繁饰兮,芳菲菲其弥章

C.背绳墨以追曲兮,竞周容以为度

D.进不入以离尤兮,退将复修吾初服

4.下列各句中对文学常识的解说,不恰当的一项是()。

A.屈原,战国时期楚国人,我国伟大的爱国主义诗人,开创了诗歌从集体歌唱转变为个人独立创作的新纪元。

B.《楚辞》是西汉末年的刘向搜集屈原、宋玉等人的作品辑录成集的,是我国第一部浪漫主义诗歌总集。

C.“楚辞”是战国时期兴起于楚国的一种诗歌样式,又称为“辞”“辞赋”等。

D.《离骚》是我国第一部长篇叙事诗,屈原创作。屈原另有《九歌》《九章》《天问》等。

答案以及解析

1.答案:A

解析:秦以前指“我的”或“我”,自秦始皇起专用作皇帝的自称。

2.答案:B

解析:例句和B项均为宾语前置句。A项,被动句;C项,定语后置句;D项,被动句。

3.答案:C

解析:A项,“错”同“措”;B项,“章”同“彰”;D项,“离”同“罹”。

4.答案:D

解析:《离骚》是我国第一部长篇政治抒情诗。

相关推荐

  • 最新孔明读后感实用 见字如面,所有情感都能在作文里体现,作文是人们把记忆中所存储的有关知识、经验和思想用书面形式表达出来的记叙方式。好的作文需要经过反复推敲和修改的。哪些作文模板值得我们参考?以下是小编为大家收集的“最新孔明读后感实用”或许你能从中找到需要的内容。《三国演义》中为了塑造才智几近天人的诸葛亮形象,不惜牺牲...
    2023-11-10 阅读全文
  • 最新孔子的课件系列 我们听了一场关于“孔子的课件”的演讲让我们思考了很多,经过阅读本页你的认识会更加全面。老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,所以老师写教案可不能随便对待。教案是评估学生学习效果的有效依据。...
    2024-09-20 阅读全文
  • 最新论语的课件通用十二篇 以下是笔者为您准备的有关“论语的课件”的内容,别忘了来查看,也许正好是您需要的。教案课件是教师上课中非常重要的一个工具,因此需要教师用心去设计好教案课件。设计教案时需要注重课堂氛围的营造和调动。...
    2023-08-18 阅读全文
  • 最新圆明园课件 老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,又到了老师开始写教案课件的时候了。充足的备课时间能够帮助教师制定更好的教案,好的教案课件是从哪些角度来写的呢?栏目小编为您精心准备了“圆明园课件”的相关内容希望对您有所帮助,相信您在阅读网页内容后有所收益!...
    2023-05-16 阅读全文
  • 最新高三课件(通用13篇) 古人云,工欲善其事,必先利其器。在上课时幼儿园的老师都想让自己的课堂知识能够吸引小朋友们的注意力,为了加强学习效率,我们一般会事先准备好教案,教案有助于让同学们很好的吸收课堂上所讲的知识点。那么如何写好我们的幼儿园教案呢?由此,有请你读一下以下的“最新高三课件”,仅供参考,希望能为你提供参考!讨论以...
    2024-08-24 阅读全文

见字如面,所有情感都能在作文里体现,作文是人们把记忆中所存储的有关知识、经验和思想用书面形式表达出来的记叙方式。好的作文需要经过反复推敲和修改的。哪些作文模板值得我们参考?以下是小编为大家收集的“最新孔明读后感实用”或许你能从中找到需要的内容。《三国演义》中为了塑造才智几近天人的诸葛亮形象,不惜牺牲...

2023-11-10 阅读全文

我们听了一场关于“孔子的课件”的演讲让我们思考了很多,经过阅读本页你的认识会更加全面。老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,所以老师写教案可不能随便对待。教案是评估学生学习效果的有效依据。...

2024-09-20 阅读全文

以下是笔者为您准备的有关“论语的课件”的内容,别忘了来查看,也许正好是您需要的。教案课件是教师上课中非常重要的一个工具,因此需要教师用心去设计好教案课件。设计教案时需要注重课堂氛围的营造和调动。...

2023-08-18 阅读全文

老师会对课本中的主要教学内容整理到教案课件中,又到了老师开始写教案课件的时候了。充足的备课时间能够帮助教师制定更好的教案,好的教案课件是从哪些角度来写的呢?栏目小编为您精心准备了“圆明园课件”的相关内容希望对您有所帮助,相信您在阅读网页内容后有所收益!...

2023-05-16 阅读全文

古人云,工欲善其事,必先利其器。在上课时幼儿园的老师都想让自己的课堂知识能够吸引小朋友们的注意力,为了加强学习效率,我们一般会事先准备好教案,教案有助于让同学们很好的吸收课堂上所讲的知识点。那么如何写好我们的幼儿园教案呢?由此,有请你读一下以下的“最新高三课件”,仅供参考,希望能为你提供参考!讨论以...

2024-08-24 阅读全文
Baidu
map